Carrier 48/50FC 04-07, 48/50GC 04-06 User Manual

Page 1
48/50FC 04--- 07, 48/50GC 04--- 06 Single Package Rooftop Units with SystemVu™ Controls Version 1.X and Puronr (R---410A) R efrig er ant
Controls, Start-- Up, Operation
and Troubleshooti ng
option).
C150173
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS 2.........................
GENERAL 3.........................................
Conventions Used in This Manual 3......................
BASIC CONTROL USAGE 3...........................
SystemVu Control (factory--installed option) 3..............
SystemVu Interface 3.................................
Accessory Navigatort Display 4........................
System Pilott andTouchPilott Devices 5................
CCN Tables and Display 5.............................
START--UP 6.........................................
Unit Preparation 6....................................
Refrigerant Service Ports 6.............................
Crankcase Heater 6...................................
Compressor Rotation 6................................
Power Supply 6.....................................
Internal Wiring 6.....................................
Evaporator Fan 6....................................
Condenser Fans and Motors 6...........................
Return--Air Filters 8..................................
Outdoor--Air Inlet Screens 8............................
Accessory Installation 8...............................
Gas Heat (48FC and 48GC) 8...........................
CONTROLS QUICK SET--UP 8.........................
Control Set Point and Confirmation Log 8.................
Initial Startup 8......................................
Thermostat Control 9.................................
Space Temperature Sensor Control -- Direct Wired
(T--55 or T--56 or T --59) 9.............................
Space Humidistat Control 9............................
Space Relative Humidity Sensor Control 9.................
CCN Communication 9...............................
CCN Linkage Control 9...............................
1
Page 2
System Pilott -- Communication Space Sensor 9...........
Accessories 9.......................................
Programming Operating Schedules 10....................
SERVICE TEST 10....................................
Independent Outputs 10...............................
Fan Test 10.........................................
Cooling Test 11.....................................
Heating Test 11......................................
Automatic Test 11....................................
THIRD PARTY CONTROL 12..........................
Cooling/Heating Control 12............................
Dehumidification Control 12...........................
Remote Occupancy 12................................
Remote Shutdown 12.................................
Alarm Output 12.....................................
Economizer Damper Control 12.........................
CONTROLS OPERATION 12...........................
Display Configuration 12..............................
Unit Configuration 12.................................
General Operation 13.................................
Demand Determination 13.............................
Occupancy Determination 15...........................
Indoor Fan Operation 16...............................
Cooling Operation 16.................................
Optional Humidi--MiZer
Indoor Fan Based Dehumidification 21...................
Heating Operation 21.................................
Supply Air Tempering 22..............................
Two Position Damper Operation 22......................
Economizer Operation 22..............................
Power Exhaust 24....................................
Indoor Air Quality (IAQ) 25............................
Pre--occupancy Purge 26...............................
Temperature Compensated Start 26.......................
Linkage 26.........................................
Carrier Comfort Network
BACnet Network Operation 26.........................
Alarm Handling 27...................................
TROUBLESHOOTING 27..............................
Complete Unit Stoppage 27............................
Restart Procedure 27..................................
Faults and Alerts 27..................................
Control Module Communication 34......................
Communication Failures 34............................
Cooling Troubleshooting 35............................
Humidi--MiZer System Troubleshooting 36................
Economizer Troubleshooting 37.........................
Heating Troubleshooting 38............................
Phase Protection 41..................................
Thermistor Troubleshooting 41.........................
Sensor Trim 41......................................
Transducer Troubleshooting 41.........................
R
Dehumidification System 17......
R
(CCN) Operation 26............
MAJOR SYSTEM COMPONENTS 46....................
General 46.........................................
Main Base Board (MBB) 54............................
Integrated Gas Control (IGC) Board 56...................
Protective Devices 57.................................
Space Mounted Sensors 57.............................
Carrier Comfort Network
APPENDIX A: SystemVut Controller Display 61...........
APPENDIX B: SystemVu Controller Text Point Reference 83...
APPENDIX C: Navigatort Display 84....................
APPENDIX D: SystemVu Controller CCN Tables 95..........
APPENDIX E: BACnet Points List 119....................
CONTROL SET POINT AND CONFIGURATION L OG 132...
UNIT S TART--UP CHECKLIST 143......................
R
(CCN) Interface 59.............
SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS
Installation and servicing of air-conditioning equipment can be hazardous due to system pressure and electrical components. Only trained and qualified service personnel should install, repair, or service air-conditioning equipment. Untrained personnel can perform the basic maintenance functions of replacing filters. Trained service personnel should perform all other operations.
When working on air-conditioning equipment, observe precautions in the literature, tags and labels attached to the unit, and other safety precautions that may apply. Follow all safety codes. W ear safety glasses and work gloves. Use quenchi ng cloth for unbrazing operations. Have fire exti ngui shers availa ble for all brazing operations.
Follow all safety codes. Wear safety glasses and work gloves. Have fire extinguisher available. Read these instructions thoroughly and follow all warnings or cautions attached to the unit. Consult local building codes and National Electrical Code (NEC) for special requirements.
Recognize safety information. This is the safety--alert symbol When you see this symbol on the unit and in instructions or manuals, be alert to the potential for personal injury.
Understa nd the signal words DANGER, WARNING, and CAUTION. These words are used with the safet y--alert symbol. DANGER identifies the most serious hazards which will result in severe personal injury or death. WARNING signifies a hazard which could result in personal injury or death. CAUTION is used to identify unsafe practices which may resul t in minor personal injury or product and property damage. NOTE is used to highlight suggestions which will result in enhanced installation, reliability, or operation.
!
WARNING
ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD
Failure to follow this warning could cause personal injury or death.
Before performing service or maintenance operations on unit, turn off main power switch to unit and install lockout tag. Ensure electrical service to rooftop unit agrees with voltage and amperage listed on the unit rating plate.
.
2
Page 3
!
CAUTION
UNIT DAMAGE HAZARD
Failure to follow this caution may cause equipment damage.
This unit uses a microprocessor--based electronic control system. Do not use jumpers or other tools to short out components or to bypass or otherwise depart from recommended procedures. Any short--to --ground of the control board or accompanying wiring may destroy the electronic modules or electrical components.
!
WARNING
FIRE, EXPLOSION HAZARD
Failure to follow this warning could result in personal injury, death and/or property damage.
Improper installation, adjustment, alteration, service, or maintenance can cause property damage, personal injury, or loss of life. Refer to the User’s Information Manual provided with this unit for more details. Do not store or use gasoline or other flammable vapors and liquids in the vicinity of this or any other appliance. What
to do if you smell gas:
1. DO NOT try to light any appliance.
2. DO NOT touch any electrical switch, or use any phone in your building.
3. IMMEDIATELY call your gas supplier from a neighbor’s phone. Follow the gas supplier’s instructions.
4. If you cannot reach your gas supplier, call the fire department.
GENERAL
This publication contains Start--Up, Controls, Operation, Service, and Troubleshooting information for the 48/50FC and 48/50GC rooftop units equipped with the factory--installed optional SystemVut controls (version 1.X or higher) and use Puronr (R--410A) refrigerant. The specific base unit installation instructions, service manual and/or wiring label diagram may also be required in conjunction with this book as a guide to a specific unit on the roof. All units in Table 1 are Staged Air Volume (SAVt) units that allow for stand--alone or network operation.
Table 1 – Rooftop Units
MODEL SIZE NOMINAL TONS
04 3
48/50FC
48/50GC
Conventions Used in This Manual
The following conventions for discussing configuration points for the local display (SystemVu controller or Navigatort accessory) will be used in this manual.
Menu paths will be written with the main menu name first, then any menus or sub menus, each separated by an arrow symbol () and will also be shown in bold and italics. As an example, the General sub menu which is located in the Setting main menu under Unit Configuration menu would be written as SETTINGS
UNIT CONFIGURATIONSGENERAL.
05 4 06 5 07 6 04 3 05 4 06 5
This path name will show the user how to navigate through the local display to reach the desired menu. The user scrolls through the Menus using the up and down keys. The arrow symbol in the path name represents pressing ENTER to move into the next level of the menu structure.
Point names are referenced in in parentheses and bold and italics as would be shown on the local display.
CCN point names are also referenced for users configuring the unit with C C N software instead of the lo cal display. S ee Appendix A at the end of this manual.
BASIC CONTROL USAGE
SystemVu Control (factory-- installed option)
The SystemVu control is a comprehensive unit-management system. The control system is easy to access, configure, diagnose and troubleshoot.
The SystemVu control system is fully communicating and cable-ready for connection to the Carrier Comfort Network (CCN), Carrier i--Vu, and Third Party BACnet* building management systems. The control provides high-speed communications for remote monitoring via the Internet. Multiple units can be linked together (and to other Direct Digital Control (DDC) equipped units) using a 3-wire communication bus.
The SystemVu control system is easy to access through the use of a integrated display module. A computer is not required for start-up. Access to control menus is simplified by the ability to quickly select from 7 main menu items. An expanded readout provides detailed explanations of control information. Only six buttons are required to maneuver through the entire controls menu. The display readout is designed to be visible even in bright sunlight.
System u
RUN ALERT FAULT
TESTTEST
SystemVu Interface
This integrated device is the keypad interface used to access the control information, read sensor values, and test the unit. The interface is located in the main control box and is standard on all units. The interface is a 6 --key, 4x30 character, LCD (liquid--crystal display) display module. The interface also contains Status LEDs. (See Fig. 1.) The interface is easy to operate using 6 buttons and themainmenustructuresshowninFig.2.
Through the SystemVu interface, the user can access all of the inputs and outputs to check on their values and status, configure operating parameters, and evaluate the current decision status for operating modes. The control also includes an alarm history which can be accessed from the display. The user can access a built--in test routine that can be used at start--up commissioning and troubleshooting.
* BACnet is a registered trademark of ASHRAE (American Society of
Heating, Refrigerating and Air --- Conditioning Engineers).
BACK ENTER MENU
C14319
Fig. 1 -- SystemVu Interface
3
Page 4
Fig. 2 -- SystemVut -- Main Menu Structures
SystemVu Interface Operation
Units are shipped from the factory with the SystemVu interface FIOP, located in the main control box. (See Fig. 1.) In addition, the interface has up and down arrow keys, BACK, ENTER, MENU, and TEST keys. These keys are used to navigate through the different levels of the menu structure. All discussions and examples in this document will be based on the SystemVu display except in the Navigatort display section. See the Accessory Navigator Display section for further details and Table 2 for the Navigator menu structure and usage.
The six keys are used to navigate through the display structure, which is organized in a tiered menu structure. If the buttons have not been used for a period, the display will default to a standby screen intended to provide a quick overall look at the system. To show the top--level display, press any key first to turn the display backlight on, and then press the MENU key. Then use the up and down arrow keys to scroll through the top --level menus. These are showninFig.2andlistedinAppendixA.
When a specific menu or sub--menu is located, push the ENTER key to enter the menu. Depending on the menu, there may be additional tiers. Continue to use the up and down keys and the ENTER key until the desired display item is found. At any time, the user can move back a menu level by pressing the BACK key. Once an item has been selected the display will flash showing the item, followed by the item value and then followed by the item units (if any). Pressing the TEST button at any time will jump the display to the test menu. Pressing the MENU button any time will jump the display to the main menu.
Items in the Configuration and Service Test menus are password protected. The display will prompt the enter password screen when required. Use the ENTER, BACK, and arrow keys to enter the four digits of the password. The default user password is 1111.
Pressing the BACK and ENTER keys simultaneously will show an expanded text description screen on the display indicating the full meaning of each display point. To put the screen in standby, hold down the BACK key for 5 seconds.
Some points can be force d from the System Vut interface. To force a variable, follow the same process as editing a configuration parameter. A forced variable, regardless where the force has come from will be displayed with a lower case “f” following its value. For example, if ECON CMD POSITION is forced, the display shows “80%f”, where the “f” is to signify a force on the point. Remove the force by selecting the point that is forced with the key ENTER and then pressing the up and down arrow keys simultaneously. Pressing ENTER and BACK on a forced item will display the expanded description for that item including the force level that is currently applied. Depending on the type of unit (48FC,GC or 50FC,GC), factory--installed options and field--installed accessories, some of the items in the various menus may not apply.
a48--- 10366
Accessory Navigatort Display
The accessory hand-held Navigator display can be used with the 48/50FG, GC units. (See Fig. 3.) The Navigator display is plugged into the LEN (local equipment network) port on either the SystemVu display or the Main Base Board (MBB).
Navigator Display Operation
The Navigator display has up and down arrow keys, an ESCAPE key and an ENTER key. These keys are used to navigate through the different levels of the display structure.
The four keys are used to navigate through the display structure, which is organized in a tiered mode structure. If the buttons have not been used for a period, the display will default to the AUTO VIEW display category as shown under the RUN STATUS category. To show the top-level display, press the ESCAPE key until a blank display is shown. Then use the up and down arrow keys to scroll through the top-level categories. These are listed in Appendix C and will be indicated on the Navigator display by the LED next to each mode listed on the face of the display.
C
o
m
f
o
r
t
L
N
in
A
V
I
k
G
A
T
O
T
IM
E
W
L
W
S
E
T
M
O
Ru
n Sta
S
e
rv
ice
T
em
p
era
P
res
s
ure
S
e
tpo
in
ts
In
pu
ts
O
utp
uts
C
on
fig
u
ra
tion
T
im
e C
lo
ck
O
p
er
ating
Mod
es
A
la
rm
s
E
N
T
E
R
Fig. 3 -- Accessory Navigator Display
When a specif i c mode or sub-mode is located, push the ENTER key to enter the mode. Dependi ng on the mode, there may be additional tier s. Continue to use the up and down keys and the ENTER keys until the desire d display item is found. At any time, the user can move back a mode level by pressing the ESCAPE key. Once an item has been selected the display will flash showing the item, followed by the item value and then followed by the item units (if any).
Items in the Configuration and Service Test modes are password protected. The display will flash PASS and WORD when required. Use the ENTER and arrow keys to enter the four digits of the password. The default password is 1111.
R
E
1
2
T
.
5
8
5
4
T
.
6
°
F
4
4
P
.1
°
F
4
4
.
0
°
F
D
E
Ala
rm
Sta
tus
tu
s
Te
s
t
ture
s
s
E
S
C
C06321
4
Page 5
RUN
/
STAT US
Auto View of
Run Status
(VIEW)
Cooling
Status
(COOL)
Heating
Status
(HEAT)
Vent ilat ion
Status
(VENT)
Assigned I/O
Channels
(A.IO)
Vers io ns
(VERS)
SERVICE
TEST
Service T est
Mode
(TEST)
T es t Independent
Outputs
(INDP)
Te s t F a n s
(FANS)
Test Cooling
(COOL)
Te s t H e at i n g
(HEAT)
Table 2 – Navigator Mode and Menu Display Structure
TEMPERATURES PRESSURES
SET-
POINTS
INPUTS OUTPUTS CONFIGURATION TIMECLOCK
Thermostat
Inputs
(STAT)
Switch
Inputs
(SW)
Analog
Inputs
(AIS)
General
Inputs
(GEN)
General Outputs
(GEN)
Cooling Outputs (COOL)
Heating Outputs
(HEAT)
General Unit
Config
(GEN)
Indoor Fan
Config (I.FAN)
Economizer
Config
(ECON)
Building Net
Config (NET)
User Display
Config
(DISP)
Time o f Da y
(TIME)
Month, Date
Day and Year
(DATE)
Daylight Savings
Config
(DST)
Schedules
Adjust
(SCHD)
Holiday
Adjustment
(HLDY)
OPERATING
MODES
ALARMS
Curr Active
Alarm
(CURR)
History
(HIST)
Reset All
Current
Alarms
(R.CUR )
Alarm Reset
History (R.HIS)
Pressing the ESC and ENTER keys simultaneously will display an expanded text description across the display indicating the full meaning of each display point. Pressing the ESCAPE and ENTER keys when the display is blank (MODE LED level) will return the display to its default menu of rotating AUTO VIEW display items. In addition, the password will need to be entered again before changes can be made.
Changing item values or testing outputs is accomplished in the same manner. Locate and display the desired item. If the display is in rotating auto-view, press the ENTER key to stop the display at the desired item. Press the ENTER key again so that the item value flashes. Use the arrow keys to change the value of state of an item and press the ENTER key to accept it. Press the ESCAPE key and the item, value or units display will resume. Repeat the process as required for other items.
There are some points that can be forced from the Navigator display. If the user needs to force a variable, follow the same process as when editing a configuration parameter. A forced variable, regardless where the force has come from will be displayed with a blinking “f” on a Navigator display following its value. For example, if economizer commanded position (EC.CP) is forced, the Navigatort display shows “80f”, where the “f” is blinking to signify a force on the point. Remove the force by selecting the point that is forced with the key ENTER and then pressing the up and down arrow keys simultaneously.
Depending on the type of unit (48FC,GC or 50FC,GC), factory-installed options and field-installed accessories, some of the items in the various Mode categories may not apply.
See Table 2 and Appendix C for full Navigator display menu layout.
System Pilott and Touch Pilott Devices
The System Pilot device (33PILOT-01) and Touch Pilot device (33CNTPILOT) can be used as CCN communication user--interfaces. These devices can be put on the CCN bus and addressed to communicate with any other device on the network. Unlike the SystemVut display and Navigator display, these pilots read the unit’s CCN tables and its CCN points can be monitored, forced, or configured. The Pilot devices can be used to install and commission a 3Vt zoning system, linkage compatible air source, universal controller, and all other devices operating o n the Carrier communicating network.
Additionally, the System Pilot device can serve as a wall-mounted temperature sensor for space temperature measurement. Occupants can use the System Pilot device to change set points. See Fig. 4 for System Pilot device details.
CCN Tables and Display
In addition to the unit--mounted SystemVut display, the user can also access the same information through the CCN tables by using the service tool or other CCN programs/devices. The variable names used for the CCN tables and the SystemVu display menus may be different and more items may be displayed in the CCN tables. Details on the CCN tables are included in Appendix D.
NAVIGATE/ EXIT
SCROLL
+
PAGE
-
Fig. 4 -- System Pilott User Interface
Force Hierarchy
There is a hierarchy in SystemVu controls with regards to forcing a point. Programs and devices write a force at different priority levels. A higher level (smaller number, 1 being the highest) will override a lower level force. The SystemVu controller uses a Control Force at level 7. The Navigatort device writes a Service Force which is level 3. System Pilott and Touch Pilott devices write Supervisor Forces at level 4. Network programs can be set to write different level priority forces.
NOTE: In the case of a control power reset, any force in effect at the time of power reset will be cleared.
IMPORTANT: All further discussions and examples in this document will be based on the SystemVut controller.
MODIFY SELECT
C06322
5
Page 6
START-UP
IMPORTANT: Do not attempt to start unit, even momentarily,
until all items on the Start--Up Checklist (see page 143) and the following steps have been read/completed.
Unit Preparation
Check that unit has been installed in accordance with these installation instructions and all applicable codes.
Refrigerant Service Ports
The refrigerant system has a total of 3 Schrader-type service gauge ports per circuit. One port is located on the suction line, one on the compressor discharge line, and one on the liquid line. Be sure that caps on the ports are tight.
Crankca se Heater
The compressor is equipped with a crankcase heater. There is a control function used to turn the crankcas e heaters on and off whe n the compre ssor is not running. This is a configurable value for which the factory default value is set to 65_F . If the ambie nt is above the select ed value the control will preve nt the crankca se heater from turning on.
IMPORTANT: Unit power must be on for 24 hours prior to start--up to allow the crankcase heater to run. Otherwise, damage to the compressor may result.
Compressor Rotation
!
CAUTION
UNIT DAMAGE HAZARD
Failure to follow this caution may result in unit damage.
Improper wiring will cause compressor stoppage and alarm. Correct wiring by switching leads as indicated below.
On 3-phase units, it is importa nt to be cert ain the compre ssors are rotating in the proper dire ction. To deter mine whether or not compre ssors are rotati ng in the proper direct ion, use a phase-rot ation mete r on the unit input power to check for L1-L2-L3 or clockwise rotation or use the Service Test mode to energize a compressor. If the compre ssor is rotati ng in the wrong direction, the controls will stop the compressor and display alarm for “Circ ui t A Reverse Rotati on”.
NOTE: Indoor or outdoor fan rotation direction may not indicate proper input power phase sequence, as some 3-phase units use single-phase fan motors.
To correct the wrong compressor rotation direction, perform the following procedure:
1. Turn off power to the unit and lock out the power.
2. Switch any two of the incoming unit power leads.
3. Turn on power to the unit.
4. Verify corrected compressor rotation.
Power Supply
All 208/230-v units are factory wired for 230-v power supply. If the 208/230-v unit is to be connected to a 208-v power supply, the transformers must be rewired by moving the wire from the 230-volt connection and moving to the 200-volt terminal on the primary side of the transformer. Refer to unit label diagram for additional information.
Internal Wiring
Check all electrical connections in unit control boxes; tighten as required.
Evaporator Fan
The Evaporator fan does not need to be checked for rotation as it only operates in one direction. Refer to the unit product data for full Fan Performance tables and physical data. The specific unit’s fan performance table is printed and adhered to the control box high voltage cover. See Fig. 5 for an example fan performance table.
Use the job specifications and unit fan performance table to determine the operating mode specific fan speeds. The following instructions are included in the unit i nstallation instructions. When adjusting the Heating Fan Speed and High Cooling Fan Speed, ensure that the CFM is not lower than the minimum CFM allowed in the product data.
1. Check the job specifications for the CFM (cubic feet per minute) and ESP (external static pressure) required.
2. Using the chart on the Fan Speed Set Up labels (see Fig. 5), calculate the RPM from the CFM and ESP for the base unit plus any field accessories (as listed on the label).
NOTE: The Fan Speed Set Up labels are located on the High Voltage cover in the Control Box.
3. Press any key on the SystemVu interface to activate the display backlight and then press the MENU key.
4. Using the UP and DOWN arrow keys highlight SETTINGS and then press ENTER.
5. Use the DOWN arrow key highlight the UNIT CONFIGURATIONS menu then press ENTER.
6. Highlight UNIT CONFIGURATIONS then press ENTER.
7. Highlight INDOOR FAN and then press ENTER.
8. Refer to the job specifications to set the following, determining the values per the RPM Calculator label (Figure 5). Use the UP and DOWN arrow keys and the BACK key to set the values. Press ENTER after setting each value to continue to the next selection.
S IDF VENT SPD
S IDF HEAT SPD S IDF LOW COOL SPD
S IDF HIGH SPD S IDF FREE COOL SPD
Service test mode can also be used to temporarily operate the Evaporator Fan with a percentage (0-- 100%) command. The fan test menu will show the converted RPM from the percentage being commanded. Refer to the Service test section for more details.
Adjust the IDF Maximum Fan Speed (IDF MAX SPEED) to restrict higher fan speeds as needed for sensitive applications.
IMPORTANT: The IDF Maximum Fan Speed (IDF MAX SPEED) RPM must not produce a supply CFM that is lower than the minimum CFM allowed in the product data for heating and cooling. The IDF Maximum Fan Speed (IDF MAX SPEED) must also be grea ter than or equal to the highest operating mode speed setting.
Condenser Fans and Motors
Condenser fans and motors are factory set.
6
Page 7
RPM
Calculator
1500 1625 1750 1875 2000
CFM
2125 2250
UNIT MODEL NUMBER
Field Accessories:
1 Stage E Heat 2 Stage E Heat
2375 2500
Economizer
0.2
1301 1381 1463 1548 1633 1720 1808 1897 1987
66 80
107
ESP in. wg
0.4
1477 1544 1615 1688 1764 1842 1921 2003 2068
66 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
107 107 107 107 107 107 107
Fig. 5 -- Example of Fan Speed Set Up Labels
0.6
1639 1699 1763 1828 1897 1967 2040 2115 2191
66
0.8
1788 1843 1902 1962 2025 2090 2157 2227 2298
66
1.0
1925 1976 2031 2087 2146 2208 2271 2336
66
1.2
2054 2101 2152 2206 2262 2320 2380
66
1.4
2174 2220 2268 2318 2372
66 66
1.6 1.8 2.0
2289 2332 2378
a50--- 10219
7
Page 8
INDOOR
Y
BLOWER ACCESS PAN EL
CONTROL BOX AND GAS SECTION ACCESS PANEL
Fig. 6 -- Panel and Filter Locations
FILTER ACCESS PANEL
INDOOR COIL ACCESS PANEL
UNIT BACKUNIT FRONT
a48--- 9937
Return--Air Filters
Check that correct filters are installed in filter tracks (see Physical Data table in unit Product Data). Do not operate unit without return-air filters. Determine the filter change run time (DIRTY FILTER TIME) to be set in the quick setup configurations menu.
Outdoor--Air Inlet Screens
Outdoor-air inlet screens must be in place before operating unit.
Accessory Installation
Check to make sure that all accessories including space thermostats and sensors have been installed and wired as required by the instructions and unit wiring diagrams.
Gas Heat (48FC a nd 48GC)
Inspect the gas heat section of the unit. Verify the number of burners match the number of heat exchanger openings and the burner assembly is properly aligned. If the orifices were changed out for elevation or Liquid Propane purposes, verify proper installation. Visually inspect other components in heat section.
Verify gas pressures before turning on heat as follows:
1. Close the field-supplied manual gas shut off valve, located external to the unit.
2. Connect a pr essure gauge to the supply gas pressure tap, located on the fie ld-supplied manual gas shut off valve (see Fig. 7).
MANUAL GAS SHUT OFF VALVE
(FIELD SUPPLIED)
GAS
SUPPL
SUPPLY GAS PRESSURE TAP (1/8˝ NPT PLUG)
TO
UNIT
UNION
Fig. 7 -- Field Gas Piping
SEDIMENT TRAP
a48--- 9382
3. Connect a pressure gauge to the manifold pressure tap on the burner assembly located inside the unit.
4. Open the field-supplied manual gas shut off valve. Enter Service Test mode by setting TEST MODE to “ON” using the SystemVut controller interface. Use the Service Test feature to set HEAT 1 TEST to ON (first stage of heat) using the SystemVu controller interface.
5. After the unit has run for several minutes, verify the supply gas pressure is adequate per the base unit installation in­structions. If not, adjust accordingly.
NOTE: Supply gas pressure must not exceed 13.0--in. wg.
6. Set HEAT 1 TEST to OFF using the SystemVu controller interface.
7. Exit Service Test mode by setting TEST MODE to “OFF” using the SystemVu controller interface.
CONTROLS QUICK SET--UP
The following information will provide a quick guide to setting up and configuring the 48/50FC and 48/50GC series units with System Vu controls. Unit controls are pre-configured at the fac t ory for factory-installed options. Field-installed accessories will require configuration at start-up. Initial System Startup is recommended for initial start--up. Additionally, specific job requirements may require changes to default configuration values. See Appendix A and other sections of the se instructions for more details. Refer t o the Major System Components or accessory installation instructions for specific wiring detail.
Control Set Point and Configuration Log
During start up, accessory installation, and equipment service set points and/or configuration changes might have to be made. When setting set points or configuration settings, documentation is recommend. The Control Set Point and Configuration Log starting on page 132 should be filled out and left with the unit at all times, a copy should also be provided to the equipment owner. A USB jump drive can be used to back up the unit’s configurations. Refer to the USB Operation section for details.
Initial Startup
Initial Startup refers to the first time this particular unit has a startup performed. The SystemVu controller will continually display the Initial Startup prompt until it is completed. To complete the initial startup you must complete the Quick Setup, Network Setup, and the System Auto Test.
8
Page 9
Quick Setup
This a list of common adjusted configurations set during startup. These are common accessories, and control means. Set the list in Table 3. After setting these per the specific unit set the QUICK SET CHKLIST point to done.
Table 3 – Quick Setup Menu Items
SystemVu™ Display Expanded Name Range Default
QUICK SETUP CONFIG QUICK SETUP
TIME Clock Hour and Minute HH:MM
DATE Current Date MM/DD/YYYY
STARTUP DELAY Unit Startup Delay 10 to 600 30
UNIT CONTR OL TYPE Unit Control Type 0=TSTAT,
THERMOSTAT TYPE Thermostat Hardware
DIRTY FILTER TIME Change Filter Timer 0to9999 600
HEATINGSTAGQTY Number of Heating
VENT METHOD V entilation Method 0=NONE
FREECOOL MAX OAT Free Cooling Max OAT 0to90 65
FIRE SHUTDOWN SW Fire Shutdown S wi tch 0=No Switch,
QUICK SET CHKLIST QUICK SETUP
* These defaults change based on the Unit model number.
CONFIG MENU
Type
Stages
CHECKLIST
1=SPACE SEN, 2=RAT SEN
0=CONV 2C2H, 1=DIGI 2C2H, 2=CONV 3C2H, 3=DIGI 3C2H
1to2 2*
1=ECON 2=2POS DMPR 3=ERV 4=ECON ERV
1=N/Open 2=N/Close
0=Undone, 1=View, 2=Done
0
2
0*
0*
0
Network Setup
This is a shortcut to the Network Settings submenu. In this sub menu are the specific network settings required to get the network piece up and running. After setting these per the specific unit set the NETWORK CHKLIST point to done.
System Auto Test
Turning this to Start will run enable test mode and execute the System Auto Test. After the auto test has completed, set this to done.
Thermostat Control
Wire accessory thermostat to the corresponding R, Y1, Y2, W1, W2, and G terminals on the Main Base board.
The Unit Control Type configuration, (UNIT CONTROL TYPE) default value is for thermostat (0) so there is no need to configure this item.
The Thermostat Hardware Type, (THERMOSTAT TYPE) selects the unit response to the thermostat inputs above.
NOTE: May not be compatible with heat anticipator thermostats.
Space Temperature Sensor Control -- Direct Wired (T--55 or T--56 or T--59)
Wire accessory space temperature sensor(s) to the T-55 terminals on the field connection terminal board located at the unit control box. Refer to Space Mounted Sensors section (page 57) for additional information.
The Unit Control Type configuration, (UNIT CONTROL TYPE) must be set to Space Sensor (1).
Space Humidistat Control
For units with factory installed Humidi--MiZerRsystem option, the humidistat input is defaulted for use on the Y3 thermostat input screw terminal as a normally open switch. This can be changed with the Humidistat Switch Channel configuration (HUMSTAT
CHANNEL) and the Humidistat switch type configuration (HUMSTAT SW TYPE).
Space Relative Humidity Sensor Control
For units with factory installed Humidi--MiZer system option, a Relative Humidity (RH) sensor input can be used in addition to or in place of the Humidistat switch. This can be done by wiring into one of the configurable analog inputs and setting the Space Relative Humidity sensor channel (SPRH SENSOR CHAN) to the input channel selected. The most field accessible input channel is AI06 located at TB5--5 on the MBB (Main Base board).
CCN Communication
First configure the building protocol SETTINGS NETWORK SETTINGS BAS PROTOCOL to CCN (default is 0 = NONE). Configure the following under the CCN menu (SETTINGS NETWORK SETTINGS CCN).
CCN ELEMENT # -- D e f a u l t i s 1 BUS NUMBER -- D e f a u l t i s 0 CCN BAUDRATE -- Default is 2 = 38400
CCN Linkage Control
The CCN communication must be properly configured for the units and all other devices. Linkage configuration is automatically done by the supervisory CCN Linkage device.
The unit control type configuration, (UNIT CONTROL TYPE) must be set to space sensor (1).
The factory location of the SAT sensor will read accurately for heating and cooling for proper operation with linkage applications, therefore the SAT heating mode sensing configuration (SAT DURING HEAT?) is enabled from the factory. If a more accurate SAT reading is need, the sensor can be re--located into the duct and no configuration adjustment needed.
System Pilott -- Communication Space Sensor
Install the System Pilot device and connect the CCN communication bus from it to the unit’s CCN connect ion on TB4 -- BAS connect or of the Main Ba s e Boa rd (MBB). Configure the unit’s CCN communic ation element number, bus number, and baud rate. Refer to the System Pilot’s installation instructions for configuring it to be used as a space temperature and attaching it to a unit.
Accessories
Below are quick configuration settings for field--installed accessories. When factory--installed as options the points will already be configured. See the Space Mounted Sensors section (page 57), third party control, control connection tables, and CCN or Display parameter tables for any accessories not mentioned below and refer to installation manual of the accessory.
Economizer
When an economizer is field-- installed, the unit must be configured for it by setting SETTINGSUNIT CONFIGURATIONS ECONOMIZER VENT METHOD to ECON. The default settings for the other economizer configurations should be satisfactory. If they need to be changed, additional information about these configuration settings can be found in the Economizer section.
Power Exhaust
When power exhaust is field-- installed, the unit must be configu red for it by setting SETTINGSUNIT
CONFIGURATIONSECONOMIZER POWER EXHAUST CONFIGS PE1 RELAY CHANNEL to the channel the
accessory was wired into. The default settings for the other power exhaust configurations should be satisfactory. If they need to be changed, additional information about these configurations can be found in the Power Exhaust section.
Electric Heat
When electric heat is field--installed, the number of electric heat stages must be configured by setting SETTINGS UNIT
CONFIGURATI ONS HEATING HEATING STAGE QTY
per the installed heater.
9
Page 10
Fire Shutdown
When Fire Shutdown or Smoke Detector sensors are field--installed, the unit must be configured for it by setting
SETTINGS UNIT CONFIGURATIONS SWITCH INPUTS CONFIGS FIRE SHUTDOWN SW to normally open (0) or
normally closed (1).
Outdoor Enthalpy
When an Outdoor Enthalpy sensor is field--installed, the unit must be configured for it by setting SETTINGS UNIT
CONFIGURATI ONS ANALOG INPUTS CONFIGS OARH SENSOR CHAN to the channel number the sensor was wired into.
IAQ Sensor
When a CO2sensor is field--installed, the unit must be configu red for it by setting SETTINGS UNIT
CONFIGURATIONS ANALOG INPUT CONFIGS IAQ SENSOR CHAN selects the unit response to this input. Default
conversion to 0 to 2000 ppm.
OAQ Sensor
When an Outdoor Air Quality sensor is field--installed, the unit must be configured for it by setting SETTINGS UNIT
CONFIGURATIONS ANALOG INPUT CONFIGS OAQ SENSOR CHAN. Default conversion to 0 to 2000 ppm.
Filter Status
When a Filter Status Switch is field--installed, the unit must be configured by setting the input channel it is wired to and normal state.
SETTINGSUNIT CONFIGURATIONSSWITCH INPUT CONFIGSFILTER SW CHANNEL and FILTER SW TYPE.
Phase Monitor
When a phase monitor is field--installed, the unit must be configured by setting the input channel it is wired to and normal state SETTINGUNIT CONFIGURATIONSSWITCH INPUTS
CONFIGSPHASE MON CHANNEL and PHASE MON SW TYPE.
Two Position Damper
When a Two Position damper is field--installed, the unit must be configured by setting the output channel it is wired to.
SETTINGS UNIT CONFIGURATI ON GENERAL 2POS/ ERV CHANNEL.
Programming Operating Schedules
When the building automation system you have the SystemVut controller configured for (BAS Protocol Select) is None (0) or CCN (1) the SystemVu controller can follow a standard CCN occupancy table. The occupancy can be modified from any CCN tool or from the local display.
OCCUPANCY SCHEDULE — For flexibility of scheduling, the occupancy programming is broken into eight separate periods. For each period the schedule contains the following fields: Day of Week, Occupied From, and Occupied To.
DAY OF WEEK — The day of week configuration consists of eight fields corresponding to the seven days of the week and a holiday field in the following order: Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, Friday, Saturday, Sunday, and Holiday. If a 1 is configured in the corresponding place for a certain day of the week, the related “Occupied from” and “Occupied to” times for that period will take effect on that day of the week. If a 1 is placed in the holiday field, the related times will take effect on a day configured as a holiday. A zero means the schedule period will not apply to that day.
Day of week: Range 0 or 1 Default Values 0 for all of the periods.
OCCUPIED FROM — This field is used to configure the hour and minute, in 24 hour clock, that the mode for the controller will switchtooccupied.
Occupied From: Units Hours:Minutes Range 00:00 to 24:00 (Minutes 00 to 59) Default Value 00:00
OCCUPIED TO — This field is used to configure the hour and minute, in 24 hour clock, that the mode for the controller switches from occupied to unoccupied.
Occupied To: Units Hours:Minutes Range 00:00 to 24:00 (Minutes 00 to 59) Default Value 00:00
When the building automation system configured to (BAS PROTOCOL) is BACnet, the occupancy and holiday information will be reset to defaults in preparation for receiving a BACnet occupancy object. While participating on a BACnet network these configurations cannot be changed at the local interface or with CCN tools. All scheduling is done from the BACnet interface designated to provide schedules.
SERVICE TEST
The Service Tes t function can be used to verify proper operation of compre ssors, heating sta ges, indoor f an, outdoor fa ns , Humidi--MiZer crankcase heaters, and the alarm relay. Use of Service Test is recommended at initial system start up and during troubleshooting. (See Table 4 for point deta i ls)
Service T est mode has the following changes from normal opera t ion:
S Outdoor air temperature limits for cooling circuits, economizer,
and heating are ignored.
S Normal compressor time guards and other staging delays are
reduced to one minute or less.
S Circuit stri ke out time is reduced to 1 minute instead of 15 minutes . S It may take up to 30 seconds to actually enter test mode after
activating the command.
Press the TEST button on the SystemVut interface anytime to access the Test menu. Service Test mode can only be turned ON/OFF at the unit display. Once turned ON, other entries may be made with the display or through CCN. To turn Service Test mode on, change the value of TEST MODE to ON. To turn service test mode off, change the value of TEST MODE to OFF. Service Test mode will be automatically turned off based on keypad inactivity and the Service Mode Test Time out (TEST MODE TIMEOUT).
NOTE: Service Test mode may be password protected. Refer to Basic Control Usage section for more information. Depending on the unit model, factory--installed options, and field-- installed accessories, some of the Service Test functions may not apply.
Independent Outputs
The INDEPENDENTS submenu is used to change output status for the economizer, Humidi-- MiZer system valves, power exhaust stages, crankcase heaters, the alarm relay, as well as perform a compressor bump test. These independent outputs can operate simultaneously with other Service Test modes. All outputs return to normal operation when Service Test is turned off. The compressor bump tests cannot be run while running cooling tests and will automatically turn off after one minute.
Fan Test
The FA N T E S T S submenu is used to setup or test speeds for the indoor fan. Use the IDF SPEED TEST point to control the indoor fan speed in terms of %, and use the CONVERTED IDF RPM point as feedback to help set the fan speed settings in terms of RPM. The indoor fan transition type point inform the test routine how to handle the fans while running the cooling or heating tests. Automatic will automatically transition the fans as the cooling or heating tests change. While the Manual transition will only run the fans as set by the test points.
R
system operation, power exhaust fans, economizer,
10
Page 11
Cooling Test
The COOL submenu is used to change output status for the individual compressors and Humidi--MiZer system operation. The HEAT submenu service test outputs are reset to OFF for the cooling service test. Indoor fans and outdoor fans are controlled normally to maintain proper unit operation when set for automatic transition. The IDF SPEED TEST and ALL ODFSPD TEST can be changed as needed for testing. These fans points show the requested speed not actual speed. All normal cooling faults and alerts are functional.
Heating Test
The HEAT submenu is used to change output status for the individual heat stages, gas or electric. The COOL service test outputs are reset to OFF for the heating service test. Indoor fan is controlled normally to maintain proper unit operation when set for automatic transition. The IDF S PEED TEST can be changed as needed for testing and shows the requested speed not actual speed. All normal heating faults and alerts are functional.
NOTE: When the IGC fan on command (IGC FAN REQUEST) is active the fan may run when not expected.
Table 4 – Test Mode Unit Test Directory
Display Menu/Sub menu/Name Expanded Name Values
UNIT TESTS Unit Tests Menu
TEST MODE ServiceTestModeEnable Off/On
SERVICE TEST Service Test Menu
INDEPENDENTS INDEPENDENT TEST MENU
ECON POS TEST Economizer Position Test 0 to 100
BUMP COMP A1 TEST Compressor Bump A1 Test Off/On
RH DIS VALVE TEST Rht Dischg Valve Rly Tst Off/On
RH LIQ VALVE TEST Reheat Liq Valv Rly Test Off/On
CL LIQ VALVE TEST Cooling Liq Valv Test Off/On
CCH RELAY 1 TEST Crankcase Heater 1 test Off/On
ALARM RELAY TEST Alarm Output Relay Test Off/On
PE1 RELAY TEST Power Exhaust 1 Test Off/On
PE2 RELAY TEST Power Exhaust 2 Test Off/On
2POS/ERV RLY TEST 2Position/ERV Relay Test Off/On
FAN TE STS Indoor and Outdoor Fan tests
IDF SPEED TEST Indoor Fan Speed Test 0 to 100
CONVERTED IDF RPM Converted IDF Speed XXXX
IDF MANUAL TRANS IDF Manual Transition Yes/ No
COOL Cooling Status Menu
COOL A1 TEST Cooling W/Comp.A1 Test Off/On
CIR A LOADER TEST Cooling W/Comp.ALD Test Off/On
IDF SPEED TEST Indoor Fan Speed Test 0 to 100
ODF RELAY TEST ODF Speed Relay Test Off/On
HUMIDIMIZER TEST Humidimizer Level Test 0=Off
HEAT Heating Status Menu
HEAT 1 TEST Heating Stage 1 Test Off/On
HEAT 2 TEST Heating Stage 2 Test Off/On
IDF SPEED TEST Indoor Fan Speed Test 0 to 100
AUTOMATIC TEST Automatic Test Menu
AUTO INDP TEST AUTO INDEPENDENT TEST Ye s/ N o
AUTO COOL TEST RUN AUTO COOLING TEST Ye s/N o
AUTO HEAT TEST RUN AUTO HEATING TEST Yes /N o
AUTO SYSTEM TEST RUN AUTO SYSTEM TEST Yes/N o
1 = SUBCOOL 2=REHEAT
Automatic Test
The AUTOMATIC TEST sub m en u is used to ex ecu te all the applicable tests to the sy stem au to m atically. Th ese in clu d e independent components, cooling, heating, and system. Table 5 shows the steps taken during the independent, cooling, and heating auto m atic tests. The Hold time rep resen ts the time at which that control waits before moving on to the next step.
The AUTO SYSTEM TEST will execute the independent auto test, then the cooling auto test, then the heating auto test. At the end of the system auto test a prompt will ask if you want to enter measured data and complete a service report.
Table 5 – Independent, Cooling, and Heating Automatic Tests
AUTO INDP TEST
Step Action Hold (Sec)
1 Turn on Crankcase Heater Relay 0
2 Set IDF speed to 100% 30
3 Turn on 2 position damper/ERV relay 30
4 Set Economizer Damper to 100% 60
5 Turn o n p o w e r e x h a u s t 1 10
6 Turn o n p o w e r e x h a u s t 2 10
7 SetEconomizerDamperto0% 60
8 Turn off power exhau st 2 10
9 Turn off power exhau st 1 10
10 Set IDF to the ventilation speed 30
11 Turn off 2 position damper/ERV relay 0
12 Turn on alarm relay 10
13 Turn off alarm relay 10
14 Set IDF to 0% speed 30
15 Turn off Crankcase Heater relay 0
AUTO COOL TEST
Step Action Hold (Sec)
1 Set IDF auto transition 0
2 Turn o n C o o l A1 te s t 60
3 Turn on Compressor Loader test 30
4 Turn o f f OD F R e l a y t e st 10
5 Turn off Compressor Loader test 60
6 Turn off Cool A1 test 30
7 Turn on Hot Gas Reheat Test 60
8 Switch to Subcooling Test 30
9 Turn off Subcooling Test 30
AUTO HEAT TEST
Step Action Hold (Sec)
1 Set IDF auto transition 0
2 Turn o n H e a t 1 te s t 60
3 Turn o n H e a t 2 te s t 60
4 TurnoffHeat1andHeat2tests 20
11
Page 12
THIRD PARTY CONTROL
Third party controls may interface with the unit SystemVut controller through the connections described below. See other sections of these instructions for more information on the related unit control and configurations.
Cooling/Heating Control
The thermostat inputs are provided on TB1 of the board. The Unit Control Type configuration, UNIT CONTROL TYPE, must be 0 (Tstat) to recognize the below inputs. Terminal R is the 24--VAC source for the following:
Y1 = first stage cooling Y2 = second stage cooling W1 = first stage heating
W2 = second stage heating G = Indoor fan
Dehumidification Control
For units with factory installed Humidi--MiZerRsystem option, the humidistat input is defaulted for use on the Y3 thermostat input screw terminal as a normally open switch. This can be changed with the Humidistat Switch Channel configuration (HUMSTAT
CHANNEL) and the Humidistat switch type configuration (HUMSTAT SW TYPE).
Remote Occupancy
The remote occupancy input can be provided on one of the configurable inputs, most commonly TB3. The Remote Occupancy Switch configuration, REMOTE OCC TYPE, identifies the normally open or normally closed status of this input when unoccupied. The Remote Occupancy Channel configuration, REMOTE OCC CHAN, identifies the discrete input (DI) assigned for this function.
Remote Shutdown
The remote shutdown input is provided for unit shutdown in response to switch input configured most commonly on TB3. The Remote Shutdown Swi t ch configuration, REM. SHUTDOWN TYPE, identifies the normally open or normally closed status of this input when there is no shutdown command. The Remote Shutdown Channel configur ation, REM. SHUTDOWN CHAN, identifies the discrete input (DI) assi gned for this function.
Alarm Output
The alarm output is provided on as a configurable relay, most commonly on TB2, to indicate when a current alarm is active. The output will be 24 --VAC if a current alarm exists. The Alarm Relay Channel configuration, ALM RELY CHANNEL, identifies the discrete output (DO) assigned for this function.
Economizer Damper Control
For units with the economizer option or accessory, the damper position can be directly controlled through the IAQ sensor input. The IAQ Analog Input configuration, IAQ LEVEL CONTROL will have to set to 2 (CTL MINP). When IA.CF = 2, an external 4 to 20 mA source is used to move the damper 0% to 100% directly.
CONTROLS OPERATION
Display Configuration
The SETTINGSDISPLAY SETTINGS submenu is used to configure the local display settings.
METRIC DISPLAY
This variable is used to change the display from English units to Metric units.
LANGUAGE
This variable is used to change the language of the SystemVu display. At this time, only English is available.
CONTRAST ADJUST
This is used to adjust the contrast of the SystemVu display.
PASSWORD ENABLE?
This variable enables or di sables the use of a user password. The passw ord is used to rest r ict use of the control to change configurations.
VIEW USER PASSWORD
This menu allows the user to view the user password. The password must be entered or disabled to view it.
CHANGE USER PASSWORD
This menu allows the user to change the user password. The password must be entered or disabled to change it.
Unit Configuration
Many configurations that indicate what factory options and/or field accessories are installed and other common operation variables are included in SETTINGSUNIT CONFIGURATION submenu. Some of these configurations will be set in the factory for the factory--installed options (FIOPs). Field installed accessories and custom control functions will require configuration changes. The SETTINGSUNIT CONFIGURATIONGENERAL submenu contains the following control configurations. Refer to other specific sections for other configurations.
STARTUP DELAY
This configuration sets the control start-up delay after the power is interrupted. This can be used to stagger the start-up of multiple units.
UNIT CONTROL TYPE
This configuration defines if temperature control is based on thermostat inputs or space temperature sensor input. TSTAT value is when then unit determines cooling and heating demand by the state of G, Y1, Y2, W1, and W2 inputs from a space thermostat. This value is the factory default. SPACE SEN value is when the unit determines cooling and heating demand based on the space temperature and the appropriate set point. RAT SEN value is when the unit determines cooling and heating demand based on the return air temperature and the appropriate set point. SPACE SEN or RAT SEN are also used as Linkage configuration.
THERMOSTAT TYPE
This configuration applies only if Unit Control Type is Thermostat. The value determines how the inputs are interpreted. See the specific operation sections for more information. The following descriptions define what each value means.
0 = CONV 2C2H – Conventional Thermostat 2 stage cool and
2 stage heat.
1 = DIGI 2C2H – Digita l Thermos t at 2 stage cool and 2 stage heat. 2 = CONV 3C2H – Conventional Thermostat 3 stage cool and
2 stage heat. This is the default setting.
3 = DIGI 3C2H – Digital Thermostat 3 stage cool and 2 stage heat.
ADAPTIVE TSTAT
This configuration applies only if the Unit control type is Thermostat. When this is YES the control will use Adaptive Control for cooling and heating staging. When this is set to NO the control will use the Traditional Thermostat Control, however during integrated cooling Adaptive is always used.
DIRTY FILTER TIME
This configuration defines the life of the installed filter. A timer will count down from this number while the indoor fan is running. At the expiration of this timer, an alert will be activated to indicate a filter change is required.
TEST MODE TIMEOUT
This configuration defines the time at which a test mode test has not changed state will automatically disable test mode. This configuration will disable the timeout when set to 0 (Disabled).
12
Page 13
CCH MAX TEMP
This configuration defines the temperature threshold for which the crankcase heater is no longer required to heat the compressor shell.
STD BARO PRESSURE
This conf i guration is used to speci fy the job location’s s tandard barometer pressure reading. This will feed the BAROMETRIC PRESS when a network is not writing to it. This should be used to account for job site eleva t ion if enthalpy calcula t ions are being used.
LINK STAGEUP TIME
This configuration sets the cooling and heating stage up time during linkage operation.
Configurable Switches and Analog sensors
The SystemVut controll er has optional configurable inputs. These consist of five physica l board switch inputs (disc r ete inputs) and three physical board analog inputs. There are more functions allowed for configuration than ther e are inputs. Each function will have a configuration for which input channel it is assigned to. Each switch function will als o have a switch type configuration which defines that switches normal stat e. Table 6 shows the configurabl e functions and what their normal and active states are. Ta ble 7 shows the configurable analog input functi ons. The switc h configurations can be found in the
SETTINGSUNIT CONFIGURATIONSSWITCH INPUT CONFIGS sub--menu. The analog input configura tions can be found in the SETTINGUNIT CONFIGURATIONSSWITCH INPUT CONFIGS sub--menu. The configurabl e input assignment can be viewed in the SERVICEHARDWAREASSIGNED INPUTS/OUTPUTS sub--menu.
Table 6 – Configurable Switch Input Functions
Function Description Normal State Active State
Humidistat OFF ON
Condensate Overflow LOW HIGH
Phase Monitor NORMAL ALARM
Filter Status Switch CLEAN DIRTY
Remote Occupancy UNOCC OCCUPIED
Remote Shutdown RUN SHUTDOWN
Fan Status OFF ON
General Status Switch NORMAL ALARM
IAQ Override OFF ON
Enthalpy Switch Input LOW HIGH
Table 7 – Configurable Analog Input Functions
Function Description Sensor Type Sensor Values
Space Relative Humidity Sensor 0--- 2 0m A %RH
Outside Air Relative Humidity Sensor 0 --- 20 m A %RH
Return Air Relative Humidity Sensor 0 --- 20 m A %RH
Indoor Air CO2Sensor 0 --- 20 m A PPM
Outside Air CO2Sensor 0 --- 20m A PPM
Outdoor CFM Sensor 0 --- 2 0 m A CFM
General Operation
48/50FC and 48/50GC units can provide cooling, dehumidification, heating, and ventilation. The operating mode (MODE) shows the highest level of operation of the unit at any given time. The operating sub--mode (SUB--MODE) shows the detail operation occurring while under a specific mode. Fig. 8 shows the MODE and SUB--MODE values.
Each unit will operate under one of three basic types of control, thermostat, space temperature sensor, or return air temperature sensor. There are many inputs, configurations, safety factors, and conditions that ultimately control the unit. Refer to the specific operation sections for detail on a specific unit operation. The control will set the demand based on these types of control and conditions, which then drives the operating mode.
When thermostat control is enabled (UNIT CONTROL TYPE), the unit will operate based on discrete input commands (G, Y1, Y2, W1, and W2) and there is a one minute time delay between modes and when re--entering a mode. The G command calls for ventilation, the Y1 and Y2 commands call for cooling, and the W1 and W2 commands call for heating. Thermostat Control Type (THERMOSTAT TYPE) affects how cooling operates based on Y1 and Y2 commands and if cooling/heating stage time guards are applied.
When space temperature sensor control in enabled (UNIT CONTROL TYPE), the unit will try to maintain the Space Temperature (SPACE TEMPERATURE) between the effective cool and heat setpoints (EFF COOL SETPOINT and EFF HEAT SETPOINT). However, to minimize unnecessary cool to heat and heat to cool changes, there is a 10 minute delay after the last stage turns off before the control will switch modes. Linkage operation overrides the mode changeover delay to 15 seconds. The cooling and heating Mode Select Time guards (COOL MODE T.GUARD and HEAT MODE T.GUARD) show the remaining time before allowing the respective mode to be entered.
Demand Determination
Based on the unit control type (UNIT CONTROL TYPE),alarm conditions, and user interaction, the control will determine an overall demand of the unit. Table 8 shows the possible system demands with their priority level and summary description.
Thermostat Demand
When the unit control type is configured for thermostat (UNIT CONTROL TYPE = TSTAT) the level 5 demand in Table 8 will be
determined by thermostat inputs and the Thermostat Type configuration (THERMOSTAT TYPE) as shown in the tables below. Table 9 shows the cooling thermostat inputs and how they map to the system demand. Table 10 shows the heating thermostat inputs and how they map to the system demand.
MODE OFF VENT COOL HEAT TEST
STARTING UP MODE TIMEGUARD ECON FREE COOLING HEATING MANUAL TEST
SUB-
MODE
IDLE - NO DEMAND
MODE TIMEGUARD MECH. COOLING
UNIT DISABLED ECON/MECH COOLING
URGENT SHUTDOWN DEHUMIDIFICATION
SAFETY CONTROL DEHUM/MECH COOL
SUPPLY FAN ON UNOCC. FREE COOL
DEHUM PREVENTED
COOLING PREVENTED
SHUTTING COOL OFF
OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERING
HEATING PREVENTED
SHUTTING HEAT OFF
AUTO TEST
SHUTTING TEST OFF
Fig. 8 -- Modes and Sub--Modes
13
a48--- 9374
Page 14
Table 8 – Demand List and Priority
DEMAND Priority Description
EMERGENCY 1 An emergency condition occurs which requires a unit shutdown
SAFETY FAULT 2 A safety diagnostic requires the unit to run in safety mode.
SERVICE TEST 3 User request test mode
SHUTDOWN 4 A minor or user condition requires the unit to shutdown
NO DEMAND
FAN ONLY Only circulation or ventilation is requested form the building
DEHUM A dehumidification load is present in the building
LOW COOL A low cooling load is present in the building
HIGH COOL A high coolin g load is present in the building
LOW COOL & DEHUM A low cooling and dehumidification load is present in the building
HIGH COOL & DEHUM A high cooling and dehumidification load is present in the building
UFC LOW COOL A low cooling load is present in the building due to the unoccupied free cooling algorithm
UFC HIGH COOL A high cooling load is present in the building due to the unoccupied free cooling algorithm
LOW HEAT A low heating load is present in the building
HIGH HEAT A high heating load is present in the building
SUPPLY AIR TEMPERING Due to outside air, supply air is uncomfortably cool during ventilation
5
There is no comfort demand from the building
Table 9 – Thermostat Cooling System Demands
Thermostat Inputs THERMOSTAT TYPE
Y1 Y2 CONV 2C2H* CONV 3C2H DIGI 2C2H DIGI 3C2H
0 0 No C ool No Cool No Cool No Cool
0 1 Alert & Low Cool Alert & Low Cool High C o ol High Cool
1 0 Low C ool Low Cool Low Cool Low Cool
1 1 High Cool High Cool High Cool High Cool
*SettheLOW COOL COMP as needed.
Table 10 – Thermostat Heating System Demands
Thermostat Input THERMOSTAT TYPE
W1 W2
0 0 No Heat No Heat
0 1 Alert & Low Heat High Heat
1 0 Low Heat Low Heat
1 1 High Heat High Heat
CONV 2C2H CONV 3C2H
DIGI 2C2H DIGI 3C2H
Space Sensor Demand
When the unit control type is configured for space sensor (UNIT CONTROL TYPE = SPACE SEN) the level 5 demand in Table 8
will be determined by the space sensor inputs and setpoints as described below. The Effective Demand Temperature (DEMAND CTRL TEMP) represents the temperature which the control is using to control the space. This would come from the space sensor, building network, linkage, or the return air sensor.
Setpoint Determination
Setpoints are used to control the unit. The Cool Setpoint in Effect
(EFF COOL SETPOINT) and the Heat Setpoint in Effect (EFF HEAT SETPOINT) are the points in which the unit is controlling
to at a specific time. These points are read only points and change according to occupancy, the offset slider status, and network writes. The setpoint configurations are in the SETTINGSSPACE SET POINTS submenu.
If the building is in occupied mode, the Occupied Cool Setpoint
(OCC COOL SETPOINT) and the Occupied Heat Setpoint (OCC HEAT SETPOINT) are active. When the building is in unoccupied mode, the Unoccupied Cool Setpoint (UNOCC COOL SETPNT) and the Unoccupied Heat Setpoint (UNOCC HEAT SETPNT) are active. The heating and cooling set points are also
separated by a Heat-- Cool Set Point Gap (HEAT-COOL SP GAP) that is user configurable from 2 to 10 degrees F. This parameter will not allow the setpoints to be set too close together, it will change the last setpoint adjusted if it is set within the GAP.
When the space sensor has a setpoint slider adjustment, the cool and heat setpoints (occupied) can be offset by sliding the bar from one side to the other. The SPT Offset Range (+/--) (SPT SLIDER RANGE) sets the total positive or negative degrees that can be added to the setpoints. With the slider in the middle, no offset is applied. Moving the slider to the “COOL” side will subtract from each setpoint, and sliding it to the “WARM” side will add to the setpoints. The slider offset being applied at any given time is displayed as Space Temperature Offset (SLIDER OFFSET VAL).
Temperature Demand
Space sensor staging control is an adaptive anticipation control that weighs the actual space demand against the trend of that demand. The control tries to anticipate the change in the space because of its current stage status. This anticipation is based on the demand trends. These trends will show the control how the space is reacting to the current running conditions and help it decide when to change the actual demand of the system. The following points are in the RUN STATUSMODE submenu:
COOLING DEMAND — This is the difference between the Cool Setpoint in Effect (EFF COOL SETPOINT) and the Effective Demand Temperature (DEMAND CTRL TEMP) representing the demand of the space for cooling.
COOL DEMAND TREND — This is the rate of change of the cooling demand in degrees per minute, representing how the space is changing its demand for cooling.
HEATING DEMAND — This is the difference between the Heat Setpoint in Effect (EFF HEAT SETPOINT) and the Effective Demand Temperature (DEMAND CTRL TEMP) representing the demand of the space for cooling.
HEAT DEMAND TREND — This is the rate of change of the heating demand in degrees per minute, representing how the space is changing its demand for cooling.
In general the system demand will increase based on the demand compared to the demand switch states in Fig. 9. The demand cannot increase until Time guard 1 (DEMAND TIMEGUARD1) expires. The LCON and LHON thresholds will also cause the
14
Page 15
system demand to be reduced. When the demand hits the off switch stages the system demand will be set to NO DEMAND. These switch stages are in the SETTINGSSET POINTSTEMP DEMAND CONFIG submenu.
The cooling and heating demand level up configurations (COOL DMD LEVEL UP and HEAT DMD LEVEL UP) will restrict a system demand increase if the demand trend is less than the level up configuration. These level up configurations will also increase the system demand if the demand trend is greater than it for greater than the Time guard 2 (DEMAND TIMEGUARD2).
The system demand will increase if it has remained at the same state for greater than Time Guard 3 (DEMAND TIMEGUARD3).
HCON
Decrease
LCON
Cool Setpoint
Heat Setpoint
LHON
HHON
Demand
LCOF
LHOF
Decrease
Demand
SPACE TEMP
a48--- 10313
Fig. 9 -- Space Sensor System Demand Switch States
RA T Demand
When the unit control type is configured for return air sensor (UNIT CONTROL TYPE = RAT SEN) the level 5 demand in Table 8 will be determined the same as space sensor but using the return air temperature (RETURN AIR TEMP) instead of the space temperature (SPACE TEMPERATURE).
Humidity Demand
When the unit is configured for either a Humidistat input
(HUMSTAT CHANNEL) or Space Humidity Sensor (SPRH SENS CHANNEL) the level 5 demand in Table 8 will include a
determination of dehumidification demand.
Humidistat
When receiving an active input from the Humidistat (HUMIDISTAT), dehumidification will be demanded.
Space Relative Humidity
On units with a relative humidity sensor, when the received value of space relative humidity (SPRH LEVEL) has exceed the humidity set point (SPRH SET POINT), dehumidification will be demanded. This demand will remain until the space relative humidity has fallen below the humidity set point by more than the humidity set point deadband (SPRH DEADBAND). This would come from the space humidity sensor, or building network.
Occupancy Determination
The building’s occupancy is affected by a number of different factors. Occupancy affects the unit set points and the operation of the economizer. The factors affecting occupancy are listed below from highest to lowest priority.
Level 1 Priority
Level 1 classification is a force/write to occupancy and can occur two ways. Listed in order of priority: force on OCCUPIED, and a Linkage write. The CCN point OCCUPIED is forced via an external device such as a ComfortIDt controller or a service tool:
when OCCUPIED is forced to YES, the unit is considered occupied, when OCCUPIED is forced to NO, the unit is considered unoccupied. If the unit is being controlled by Linkage, the occupancy is communicated and mapped to OCCUPIED as an input. Linkage does not force the point only write to it, therefore a force applied to OCCUPIED will override it.
If OCCUPIED is not being forced or written to, proceed to the level 2 priority.
Level 2 Priority
Level 2 is considered occupant interaction, and consists of Timed Override and Remote Occupancy Switch. A timed override button press will override a remote occupancy switch if both are installed for operation.
While using the programmed schedule, occupancy can be temporarily switched from unoccupied to occupied by pressing the override button for approximately 3 seconds on the T--55, T--56, or T--59 space temperature sensor. The length of the override period when pressing the override button is determined by the Override Time Limit (TIMED OVR LENGTH). The hours remaining in override is displayed as Timed Override Hours (TIMED OVR HOURS). This point can also be changed from the local display or network to set or change the override period length.
Remote Occupancy Switch (REMOTE OCC SWITCH) can be forced or configured for operation based on an actual switch. The physical switch should be configured to either Normally Open or Normally Closed when the user would like to control the occupancy with an external switch. This switch is field--supplied (24v, single pole, single throw [SPST]). There are two possible configurations for the remote occupancy switch:
1. (REMOTE OCC TYPE = 0) Normally Open Switch
2. (REMOTE OCC TYPE = 1) Normally Closed Switch
If the switch is configured to No Switch (REMOTE OCC CHAN = None), the swit ch input value will be ignored and s oftware will proceed to level 3 priority. For each type of switch, the appropriate configuration and states are listed in the table below.
TYPE OF SWITCH
Occupied when
Closed or Unoccupied
when Open
Occupied when Open
or Unoccupied when
Closed
SWITCH
CONFIGURATION
Normal Open ( 0)
Normal Closed ( 1)
STATE OF SWITCH
AND STATE OF
OCCUP A NCY
Open and Unoccupied
Closed and Occupied
Open and Occupied
Closed and
Unoccupied
Level 3 Priority
The following occupancy options are determined by the state of Occupancy Schedule Number (SCHEDULE NUMBER) and the Global Schedule Broadcast (BROADCAST SCHEDL?).
1. (SCHEDULE NUMBER = 0) The unit is always considered occupied and the programmed schedule is ignored. This is the factory default.
2. (SCHEDULE NUMBER = 1 - 64) Follow the local programmed schedule. Schedules 1 to 64 are local within the controller. The unit can only store one local schedule and therefore changing this number only changes the title of the schedule table.
3. (SCHEDULE NUMBER = 65- 99) Follow the global programmed schedule. If the unit is configured as a Global Schedule Broadcaster (BROADCAST SCHEDL? = YES), the unit will follow the broadcast the schedule so that other devices programmed to follow this schedule number can receive the schedule. If the unit is not programmed as a Global Schedule Broadcaster (BROADCAST SCHEDL? = NO), the unit will receive broadcasted schedules from a unit programmed to broadcast this schedule number.
unit s programmed schedule and
15
Page 16
Indoor Fan Operation
These units use the Staged Air V olume (SAV) method of controlling the supply fan for a typical constant volume rooftop unit. This control method employs an Electronic Commutated Motor (ECM) to operate the supply fan at different speeds in order to achieve energy savings through reduced fan power. This method is specif ically not concerned with controlling static pressure in the supply duct, but rather with setting different fan speeds for different operating condit i ons, such as ventilation mode or part-- load mechanical cooling.
The SAV function is NOT a Variable Air Volume (VAV) function. The fan adapts its speed to one of eight based on mode and current state to satisfy a demand. The eight speeds consist of off (0%) and seven configurable values. The seven configurable fan speeds are: Maximum Speed (MAXIMUM IDF SPEED), Ventilation (VENT
IDF SPEED), Heating (HEATING IDF SPD), Free Cool (FREE COOL IDF SPD), Mechanical Low Cooling (LOW COOL IDF SPD), Mechanical Medium Cooling (MED COOL IDF SPD),and
Mechanical High Cooling (HIGH COOL IDF SPD),TheECMis powered direct from the distribution block and is always on with power applied unless the CB is tripped. When the thermostat or space sensor control conditions require the fan on, the ECM will then be ramped to desired speed. Fan speed is always calculated by evaluating the current applicable conditions. Each fan speed condition is evaluated independently, and the highest fan speed is used. For example, if a cooling call occurs during V entilation mode, the unit mode will transition to cooling but the fan speed is set to the higher of the two (VENT IDF SPEED or LOW COOL IDF SPD). Refer to the speed configurations below for when the fan will run at them.
The Commanded Fan Speed (OUTPUTSGENERAL OUTPUTSCOMMANDED IDF RPM) represents the controls commanded speed for the fan at any given time. This commanded speed is dete rmined by the unit’s current HV AC mode and the unit control type. For gas hea ting units, the IGC f an request output (InputsGEN. II G C.F) is monitored by the control. This can result in additional modificat ion of fan del ays or other operation due to safety funct i ons of the IGC control. See the Gas Heating operat i on section for more details. If configure d for IAQ fan operation, the fan may be turned on to satisfy air quality demands. See the Indoor Air Quality section if using IAQ (indoor air quality) accessory sensors. The fan can run under thermostat or spac e sensor control and will rema i n on if compressors or heat relays are ever stuck on. If Shut Down on IDF Failure is enabled (SHUTDOWN IDF FAIL = Ye s ) , the fa n a nd unit will be shutdown without delay on fan a larm conditions. Fan off delays are honored when exiting specific HV AC modes. The Fan--off Dela y delays are as follows: Cooling (COOL F ANOFF DELAY), and Heating (HEAT FANOFF DELAY).
Indoor (Supply) Fan Maximum Speed (MAXIMUM IDF SPEED)
Max speed is the highest fan speed allowed. This is typically set to deliver design CFM to the space per job requirement. Most safety conditions for the unit will override the fan speed to this to help protect the unit.
IMPORTANT: MAXIMUM IDF SPEED is used in the minimum position curves and therefor important to set properly.
Ventilation Indoor Fan Speed (VENT IDF SPEED)
This configuration defines the fan speed used in Ventilation (fan--only) mode. Ventilation mode is when the supply fan is running, but there is no demand for heating or cooling. In thermostat mode, this is with just a G call. In space sensor control, this is when the unit is Occupied mode and the indoor fan is configured to always run while occupied (OCCUPIED FAN?).If the indoor fan is configured for intermittent fan (OCCUPIED FAN? = No ) , the Mode will be off instead of Ve ntilation and the fan will not run unless a heating or cooling mode is needed. During the unoccupied period, the fan will always operate intermittently.
The economizer damper will adjust its position based on how far away this speed is from max speed for ventilation.
IMPORTANT: It is important that the ventilation rate is checked after setting this speed to verify that the unit can properly ventilate the space per requirements . Adj usting this conf i guration or the economizer minimum setting curve should be performed to meet job require m ents.
Heating Indoor Fan Speed (HEATING IDF SPD)
This configuration defines the fan speed used when in heating mode and running heat. On units equipped with Gas heat (UNIT TYPE OF HEAT), this heat speed will be delayed on based on the IGC’s fan on call (IGC FAN REQUEST). Once the IGC request the fan the fan will run what this heating speed configuration is set for until heating is ended. On units configured for Electric heat (UNIT TYPE OF HEAT) and configured for Preheat without the fan (PREHEAT W/O IDF), this heat speed will be delayed on based on the Preheat fan delay time (PREHEAT FAN DELAY). Once this preheat time has expired or not configured for preheat, the fan will run at this heat speed while heat is on.
Free Co oling Indoor Fan Speed (FREE COOL IDF SPD)
This configuration defines the initial fan speed used when in Free Cooling. Refer to the Economizer Controls Operation section for details on free cooling. The fan will stay at this configured speed whenever only the damper is being used for free cooling. If the damper is at 100% for 5 minutes the fan will ramp to the high cooling speed. It is locked there until the actual damper position falls below 75% at which time it will ramp back down to this configured speed.
Low Cooling Indoor Fan Speed (LOW COOL IDF SPD)
This configuration defines the fan speed used when the first stage of mechanical cooling is being performed.
High Cooling Indoor Fan Speed (HIGH COOL IDF SPD)
This configuration defines the fan speed used when all (full load) stages of mechanical cooling is being performed. When performing integrated cooling with the economizer this speed will be used. When only free cooling with a high cool demand, this spee d will be used.
Cooling Operation
The unit’s cooling operation consists of: demand and mode determination, staging request to satisfy the demand, and handling a request with the unit’s resources. These resources can include compressors, Humidi--MiZer speed based on options. This section covers mechanical cooling. For economizer free cooling, refer to the Economizer Operation section (starting on page 22).
For Humidi--MiZer system operation, refer to the Optional Humidi--MiZer Dehumidification System section (see page 17).
Cooling Mode Control
The cooling HVAC mode (OPERATING MODE) has 9 different operating sub modes (SUBMODE): ECON FREE COOLING, UNOCC. FREE COOL, MECH. COOLING, ECON/MECH COOLING, DEHUMIDI FICATION, DEHUM/MECH COOLING, DEHUM PREVENTED, COOLING PREVENTED, a nd SHUTTING COOL OFF . These are all part of a general cooling mode and rese mble the specific type of cool ing that is being performed at any given time. All types of cooling are still performed under the general cooling function, and the expande d text is for user reference only.
For the unit to enter cooling mode, three things must be true: the indoor fan must be ok to use, the mode changeover time guard must be expired, and there must be a cooling or dehumidifi cation demand (Y1, Y2, space cool demand, or humidity demand). The unit will rema in in cooling for at least one minute or until any of the above conditions turn false. The cooling mode does not off i cially end until the compress or is off and the fan off delay has expired.
R
system, an economizer, and fan
16
Page 17
Cooling Staging Control
Once the unit is in a cooling mode, determine what the demand is and how to satisfy it. If an economizer is installed and can be used for cooling (OK TO USE FREE COOLING? = Yes), the unit will use it first (see economizer section for its operation). If the economizer cannot be used or additional cooling is needed, a mechanical cooling check is performed. OK to use Compressors? (OK TO USE COMPS?) will be set to yes when the outdoor temperature (OUTDOOR AIR TEMP) is above the Circuit A Lockout temperature (CIR.A LOCKOUT OAT) and the Circuit A is not locked out for diagnostic reasons (CIRCUIT A LOCKOUT). Based on the unit control configuration, requested cooling stages (REQ. COOL STAGES) will be determined then passed to compressor control to actually add the cooling stages.
There are two ways of requesting stages when thermostat control is enabled, Traditional thermostat control or adaptive control. Traditional thermostat control is used if set for non--adaptive thermostat (ADAPTIVE TSTAT = NO) and the unit cannot use the economizer for free cooling. If set for adaptive thermostat (ADAPTIVE TSTAT = YES) or any time the economizer is available for free cooling, the unit will use adaptive control for staging.
When configured for Space sensor or RAT control (UNIT CONTOL TYPE) the unit will use adaptive control for staging. With either staging method there are two supply air temperature limits that apply, one restricts more cooling stages and the other will remove cooling stages. If at any time the Supply-- Air Temperature (SUPPLY AIR TEMP) falls below the Minimum Supply Air Temperature Upper Level (UPPER MIN SAT),the requested stages will not be allowed to increase. If at any time the SAT falls below the Minimum Supply Air Temperature Lower Level (LOWER MIN SAT), the requested stages will be reduced by one. If these SAT limits are configured so that they are too close together, the last stage might cycle rapidly, slowed only by its minimum on and off--time requirements.
Adaptive Control
Stage timers and Supply air trend apply when determining the request for stages. The first request (REQ. COOL STAGES =1) comes immediately when starting the staging process. The Cool Stage Increase Time (COOL STAGEUP TIME) has to expire and the Supply--Air Trend (SUPPLY AIR TREND) has to be above the cooling supply air trend level (COOL SATTREND LEV) before another stage can be added. Requested stages will only be allowed to increase as the actual system demand allows (DEMAND). A “LOW COOL” demand will only allow one requested stage, and “HIGH COOL” all stages. The requested stages will be reduced if the cooling demand is lowered or dropped completely, or if the supply air falls below the lower level (LOWER MIN SAT).
Traditional Thermostat Control
Stage timers and Supply air trend do not apply when determini ng the request for stage s. Request staging will follow the ther mostat inputs directly. “LOW COOL” will request one stage.“HIGH COOL” will request two stages.
Compressor Control
The compres sor control works hand and hand with the staging control. As the stagi ng control request stages , the compressor control determines what is available or running and tries to provide stages for what is requested. The availability of the compressors depends on time guards, circ uit diagnost ics, and outdoor temperat ure.
There are time guards to protect the compressor, Compressor Min On Time (COMP MIN ON TIME) and Compressor Min Off Time (COMP MIN OFF TIME) apply before the compressor can be turned back on or turned off. Timeguard A1 (COMP A1
TIMEGUARD) and Timeguard loader (COMP LDR TIMEGUARD) display the time the compressor and loader have
before available for use.
Circui t diagnostic tests are perform ed during operation which may or may not allow the compressor to be used. The availability of the compre ssor is shown as Compressor A1 A vailable (COMP A1 A VAILABLE). The loc kout sta tus of the compressor is shown as Compres s or A1 Lockout (COMP A1 LOCKOUT). The actua l stages running at any given time is displayed as Actual Cooling St a ges (ACTIVE COOL STAGE). Individual c om pressor output state is shown as (COMPRESSOR A1) and (COMP A LOADER).
Any time the outdoor ambient fall s below the low cooling minimum outdoor te mperature (LOW COOL MIN OA T) , the low cooling lockout will be active (LOW COOL LOCKOUT) preventing compre ssor A1 from running by itself. This means the loader will be on with the compressor .
Outdoor Fan Control
The outdoor fan can be set for a single speed or 2 speed motor. The 3 to 5 ton 48/50FC units will have a single speed ODF. The 3 to 5 ton 48/50GC and the 6 ton 48/50FC will have a 2 speed ODF. The ODF Relay Enabled (ODF RELAY ENABLE) point will tell the control when a 2 speed motor is installed. The 2 speed relay state output is shown as Outdoor Fan Speed Relay (ODF SPEED RELAY). Units with a low ambient option or Humidi--MiZer option will also be equipped with a head pressure control device.
Normal Operation
On the single speed ODF system, the ODF will come on and off with the compressor. On the 2 speed ODF systems, the ODF will come on and off with the compre ssor at low speed. The High speed ODF will be acti ve when the compressor loader is on, and done by energiz ing the ODF SPEED RELAY.
Low Ambient Operation
When equipped with the head pressure device and the OAT is below approximately 40_F, the ODF speed will vary based on the condensing temperature. Regardless of active low or high speed the head pressure device will modulate the ODF speed to maintain approximately 95_F temperature at the coil sensor location. In low speed operation however the head pressure device cannot use high speed if needed until the control turns on the ODF SPEED RELAY.
Humidi--MiZer
When equipped with the head pressure device and reheat is active, the ODF speed will vary based on the condensing temperat ure. Regardles s of acti ve low or high spee d the head pressure device will modulate the ODF speed to maintain approximately 95_F temperature at the coil sensor location. In low speed operation however the head pres sure device cannot use high speed if needed until the control turns on the ODF SPEED RELAY.
R
Operation
Optional Humidi--MiZer Dehumidification System
Units with the factory--installed Humidi--MiZer system option are capable of providing multiple modes of improved dehumidification as a variation of the normal cooling cycle. The Humidi--MiZer system option includes additional valves in the liquid line and discharge line of the refrigerant circuit and a reheat coil downstream of the evaporator. The Humidi--MiZer sys t em equipped configuration is factory set to Y es for Humidi--MiZer system equipped units (REHEAT EQUIPPED = YES). This enables Humidi--MiZer system operating modes and service test.
Humidi--MiZer system operation requires the install ation and configuration of a relative humidity switch input or a space relat ive humidity sensor. These provide the dehumidification demand to the control.
Dehumidification Demand
When using a humidistat or switch input, the demand for dehumidification is seen as Space Humidity Switch (INPUTSSWITCH INPUTSHUMIDIST AT) being Off or On. An Off value means humidity level is good and an On value means that dehumidification is needed.
R
17
Page 18
When using an SPRH sensor, the demand is based on the Space Humidity Sensor (INPUTSANALOG INPUTSLEVEL) value compared to the Space RH Setpoint (SETTINGSSPACE SETPOINTSOCC SPRH SETPOINT or UNOCC SPRH SP).If the Space Humidity Sensor (SPRH) value is above the Space RH Setpoint , then dehumidification is needed. I f the Space Humi di ty Sensor (SPRH) value is below the Space RH Set point minus the Space RH Deadband (SETTINGSCOOLINGSPRH DEADBAND), then dehumidif ication is no longer needed.
NOTE: When there is a dehumidification demand, the economizer damper position is limited to its minimum damper position.
Humidi--MiZerRSystem Modes
With Humidi--MiZer system units there are two additional HVAC modes available for the user: Dehumidification and Dehum/Mech Cooling. Selection of the Dehum/Mech Cooling mode is determined by the dehumidification demand and the cooling demand. Table 11 shows the corresponding circuit mode and output status for the different demand combinations.
Normal Cooling
This mode is the standard rated cooling system performance, and occurs when there is cooling demand without dehumidification demand.
For 48/50FC 04--06 units, refrigerant flows through the outdoor condenser and is diverted away from the reheat coil with the open Cooling Liquid Valve (CLV) into the expansion device. Figure 10 shows the complete refrigerant flow.
For 48/50GC 04--06 and 48/50FC 07 units, refrigerant flows through the outdoor condenser and is diverted away from the reheat coil with the closed Reheat Liquid Valve (RLV) and open Cooling Liquid Valve (CLV) into the expansion device. Figure 11 shows the complete refrigerant flow.
Dehum/Mech Cooling (Subcooling) Mode
This mode increases the latent heat removal and decreases sensible cooling compared to normal cooling. This occurs when there is a cooling and dehumidification demands.
For 48/50FC 04--06 units, refrigerant flows through the outdoor condenser and is diverted through the reheat coil with the closed
Cooling Liquid Valve (CLV) into the expansion device. Figure 12 shows the complete refrigerant flow.
For 48/50GC 04--06 and 48/50FC 07 units, refrigerant flows through the outdoor condenser and is diverted through the reheat coil with the open Reheat Liquid Valve (RLV) and closed Cooling Liquid Valve (CLV) into the expansion device. Figure 13 shows the complete refrigerant flow.
Dehumidification (Hot Gas Reheat) Mode
This mode provides maximum latent cooling with little to no sensible capacity. This occurs when there is a dehumidification demand and no cooling demand.
For 48/50FC 04--06 units, refrigerant flows through the outdoor condenser and mixes with hot gas bypassing the condenser, then diverted through the reheat coil with the closed Cooling Liquid Valve (CLV) into the expansion device. Figure 14 shows the complete refrigerant flow.
For 48/50GC 04--06 and 48/50FC 07 units, refrigerant flows through the outdoor condenser and mixes with hot gas bypassing the condenser, then diverted through the reheat coil with the open Reheat Liquid Valve (RLV) and closed Cooling Liquid Valve (CLV) into the expansion device. Figure 15 shows the complete refrigerant flow.
Reheat Control
When there is only a cooling demand, the unit will operate in normal cooling mode. When there is only dehumidification demand, the unit will operate in Dehumidification mode (Hot Gas Reheat). When there is both cooling demand and dehumidification demand, the unit will operate in Dehum/Mech Cooling mode (Subcooling). During Dehumidification and Dehum/Mech cooling mode, the unit will run all cooling stages. The unit can be restricted from reheat operation by the outside temperature HUMZ
LOCKOUT OAT (SETTINGSUNIT CONFIGURATIONS COOLINGDEHUMIDIFICATIONREHEAT OAT LIMIT)
sets the lowest outside temperature the unit is allowed to run reheat control (Default = 40_F).
T abl e 11 – Humidi--MiZer System Control Modes -- Sizes 04--07
DEMAND AND MODE OUTPUTS
Dehumidification
Demand
No Power No Power No power Off
No No Off Off
No Yes COOL On
Ye s Yes
Yse No DEHUM On
Cooling Demand Mode Compressor RDV CLV
DEHUM/MECH
COOL
On
De---en er gized
(no flow)
De---en er gized
(no flow)
De---en er gized
(no flow)
De---en er gized
(no flow)
Energized
(flow)
D e --- e n e r gi z e d
(flow)
D e --- e n e r gi z e d
(flow)
D e --- e n e r gi z e d
(flow)
Energized
(no flow)
Energized
(no flow)
RLV
(48/50FC 07 and
48/50GC 04-- -06 only)
De---energized
(flow)
Energized
(no flow)
Energized
(no flow)
De---energized
(flow)
De---energized
(flow)
18
Page 19
RDV
VALVE
INDOOR LEAVING
AIR
REHEAT MODE
METERING
DEVICE (TXV)
CONDENSER COIL
OUTDOOR AIR
VALVE
COMPRESSOR
= CLOSED VALVE
= OPEN VALVE
HUMIDI-MIZER COIL
CLV
EVAPORATOR COIL
INDOOR ENTERING
AIR
Fig. 10 -- Normal Cooling Mode – Humidi--MiZer System with Single Stage Cooling, 48/50FC 04--06
RDV
VALVE
COMPRESSOR
CONDENSER COIL
OUTDOOR AIR
RLV
VALVE
CLV
VALVE
INDOOR SUPPLY
AIR
HUMIDI-MIZER COIL
EXPANSION
VALVE
(TXV)
a48--- 9191
EVAPORATOR COIL
= CLOSED VALVE
= OPEN VALVE
INDOOR RETURN
AIR
Fig. 11 -- Normal Cooling Mode – Humidi--MiZer System with 2 Stage Cooling, 48/50GC 04--06 and 48/50FC 07
RDV
VALVE
CONDENSER COIL
OUTDOOR AIR
CLV
VALVE
COMPRESSOR
= CLOSED VA LVE
= OPEN VALVE
INDOOR LEAVING
AIR
HUMIDI-MIZER COIL
EVAPORATOR COIL
INDOOR ENTERING
AIR
REHEAT MODE
METERING
DEVICE (TXV)
a48--- 10188
Subcooling Mode (Reheat 1) − Humidi−MiZer System with Single Stage Cooling
Fig. 12 -- Subcooling Mode – Humidi--MiZer System with Single Stage Cooling, 48/50FC 04--06
19
a48--- 9192
Page 20
RDV
VALVE
INDOOR SUPPLY
AIR
HUMIDI-MIZER COIL
EXPANSION
EVAPORATOR COIL
INDOOR RETURN
AIR
VALVE
(TXV)
COMPRESSOR
= CLOSED VALVE
= OPEN VALVE
CONDENSER COIL
OUTDOOR AIR
RLV
VALVE
CLV
VALVE
Fig. 13 -- Subcooling Mode – Humidi--MiZer System with 2 Stage Cooling, 48/50GC 04--06 and 48/50FC 07
RDV
VALVE
CONDENSER COIL
INDOOR LEAVING
AIR
REHEAT MODE
METERING
DEVICE (TXV)
HUMIDI-MIZER COIL
a48--- 10189
OUTDOOR AIR
COMPRESSOR
= CLOSED VALVE
= OPEN VALVE
CLV
VALVE
EVAPORATOR COIL
INDOOR ENTERING
AIR
Fig. 14 -- Hot Gas Reheat Mode – Humidi-- MiZer System with Single Stage Cooling, 48/50FC 04--06
RDV
VALVE
COMPRESSOR
CONDENSER COIL
OUTDOOR AIR
RLV
VALVE
CLV
VALVE
INDOOR SUPPLY
AIR
HUMIDI-MIZER COIL
EXPANSION
VALVE
(TXV)
a48--- 9193
EVAPORATOR COIL
= CLOSED VALVE
= OPEN VALVE
INDOOR RETURN
AIR
Fig. 15 -- Hot Gas Reheat Mode – Humidi-- MiZer System with 2 Stage Cooling, 48/50GC 04--06 and 48/50FC 07
20
a48--- 10190
Page 21
Reheat Mode Diagnostic Help
The status of reheat mode sensor inputs may be viewed within the display INPUTS menu. The status of reheat mode outputs may be viewed within the display OUTPUTS or RUN STATUSMODE menu. Additional diagnostic help, including status of circuit reheat temperature limit lockouts may be viewed within the Humidi--MiZer sub--menu of the cooling mode diagnostic table at RUN S TATUSCOOLDEHUMIDIFICATION.TheService Test mode may be used to force the system to operate Dehumidification mode (Hot Gas Reheat) and Dehum/Mech Cooling mode (Subcooling), or to independently operate the reheat valve control outputs.
The following forced operating states are available service test operations for a Humidi-- MiZer system equipped unit:
SERVICE TEST COOL TEST HUMIDIMIZER TEST
A value of “0” sets reheat control test to “Off.”
SERVICE TEST COOL TEST HUMIDIMIZER TEST
A value of “1=SUBCOOL” sets Humidi--MiZer control test to “Dehum/ M ech Cooling mode (Subcooling) .”
SERVICE TEST COOL TEST HUMIDIMIZER TEST
A value of “2=REHEAT” sets Humidi--MiZer tes t to “Dehumidification mode (Hot Gas Reheat).”
SERVICE TEST INDEPENDENTS RH LIQ VALVE TEST
A value of “On” will turn on the Reheat Liquid V alve (RLV) .
SERVICE TEST INDEPENDENTS RH DIS VALVE TEST
A value of “On” will turn on the Reheat Discharge Valve (RDV).
SERVICE TEST INDEPENDENTS CL LIQ VALVE TEST
A value of “On” will turn on the Cooling Liquid Valve (RDV).
Indoor Fan Based Dehumidification
Units that are not factory configured for Humidi--Mizer operation can be set for improved dehumidification operation through fan
based humidification (FBD), SETTINGS
CONFIGURATIONS
FBD CONTROL TYPE. Units are factory defaulted to FBD
CONTROL TYPE = 0 which means that any dehum demand is
ignored. There are two fan based dehumidification options, Max Comfort (FBD CONTROL TYPE = 1)andMax Dehumidification (FBD CONTROL TYPE = 2). Fan based dehumidification requires the installation and configuration of either a space relative humidity sensor or a relative humidity switch input.
COOLINGFAN BASED DEHUM
UNIT
Max Dehum
When the FBD Type is set to (2) Max Dehum, the control will try to satisfy the dehumidification demand. When the unit receives a dehum demand a PID control algori thm will modulate the indoor fan while the compressor is running to mainta in minimum suction tempe rature (FBDH_SST). The cooling stages will be contr olled as normal cooling demand requests, only the IDF will change for dehumidification demand.
Max Comfort
When the FBD Type is set to (1) Max Comfort, the control will try to satisfy the dehumidification demand and minimize cold air dump. When the unit receives a dehum demand a PID control algorithm will modulate the indoor fan while the compressor is running to maintain the minimum FBD supply air comfort set point (FBDH_SAT) while also maintaining the minimum suction temperature (FBDH_SST). The cooling stages will be controlled as normal cool ing demand requests, only the IDF will change for dehumidification demand.
Heating Operation
The unit’s heating operation consists of: demand and mode determination, staging request to satisfy the demand, and handling a request with the unit’s resources. These resources can be gas heat or electric heat. This section covers both gas heat units and electric heat units. The Type of Heat Installed (UNIT TYPE OF HEAT)
configuration will be factory set to 1 for gas units and 0 for electric heat units. The unit enters a heating mode based on a demand, decides how to satisfy the demand, executes its plan, and then leaves the heating mode.
Heating Mode Control
The heating HVAC mode (OPERATING MODE) has 3 different operating sub modes (SUBMODE): HEATING, HEATING PREVENTED, and SHUTTING HEAT OFF. These are all part of a general heating mode and resemble the action heat mode is taking at any given time. All types of heating are still performed under the general heating function, and the expanded text is for user reference only.
For the unit to be allowed to enter the heat mode, three things must be true: the indoor fan must be ok t o use, the mode change over time guard must be expired, and there must be a heating demand. The unit will remain in heating for at least one minute and until the demand is dropped or if any of the above conditions are false. The heating mode does not officially end until all heat stages are off, the fan off delay has expired, and the IGC fan request is dropped.
Supply--Air Temperature Sensor (SA T) Heat Mode
The SAT Heat Mode Sensing (SAT DURING HEAT?) informs the unit that the supply air sensor is valid during heating in its current location. This configuration affects the Supply Air T emperat ure (SUPPLY AIR TEMP) value displayed as listed below.
When SAT DURING HEAT? is disabled, the Supply Air Temperature (SUPPLY AIR TEMP) value on the SystemVut display and the network will hold a zero when heat outputs come ON and for 5 minutes after.
When SAT DURING HEAT? is enabled, the Supply Air Te mperature (SUPPLY AIR TEMP) sensor reading is displayed at the SystemVu controller and network during heating mode.
Heating Staging Control
Once the unit is in a heating mode, it determines what the demand is and how to satisfy it. Requested Heating Stages (REQ. HEAT STAGES) will be determined then passed to heat control to actually add the heating stages. To request stages the number of heat stages (HEATING STAGE QTY) must be greater than zero. As a gas unit this will be set in the factory, however 50GC units may have heat installed as accessories. If the Outdoor Air Temperature (OUTDOOR AIR TEMP) is greater than the Heating Lockout Temp (HEAT LOCKOUT OAT), all the heat stages will be locked out (HEAT LOCKOUT).
There are two ways of requesting stages when thermostat control is enabled, traditional thermostat control or adaptive control. Traditional thermostat control is used if set for non--adaptive thermostat (ADAPTIVE TSTAT = NO). If set for adaptive thermostat (ADAPTIVE TSTAT = YES), the unit will use adaptive control for staging. When configured for space sensor or RAT control (UNIT CONTOL TYPE) the unit will use adaptive control for staging. With either staging method there are then two supply air temperature limits, the Maximum SAT Lower Level (LOWER MAX SAT) the Maximum SAT Upper Level (UPPER MAX SAT). Any time the supply air temperature rises above lower level the heat staging will be limited to what is currently on and no additional stages will be added until the supply air temperature falls back below the lower level. If the supply air temperature rises above the upper level, then heating will be reduced by removing one stage. That stage will not be added again until the Supply Air Temperature falls below the lower level. If the supply air temperature stays above the upper level, then another stage will be removed. If the upper and lower levels are configured so that they are close together, the last stage of heat might cycle rapidly, slowed only by its minimum on and off--time requirements.
Adaptive Control
Stage timers and Supply air trend apply when determining the request for stages. The first request (REQ. HEAT STAGES =1) comes immediately when starting the staging process. The Heat
21
Page 22
Stage Increase Time (HEAT STAGEUP TIME) has to expire and the Supply--Air Trend (SUPPLY AIR TREND) has to be above the Heating supply air trend level (HEAT SATTREND LEV) before another stage can be added. Requested stages will only be allowed to increase as the actual system demand allows (DEMAND). A “LOW HEAT” will only allow one requested stage and “HIGH HEAT” 2 stages. The requested stages will be reduced if the heating demand is lowered or dropped completely, or if the supply air falls below the lower level (LOWER MIN SAT).
Traditional Thermostat Control
Stage timers and Supply air trend do not apply when determining the request for stages. Request staging will follow the thermostat inputs directly. “LOW HEAT” will request one stage. “HIGH HEAT” will request 2 stages.
Heat Relay Control
The heat relay control is responsible for energizing or de--energizing the heat s tage r elays and works hand a nd hand with the sta gi ng control. As the staging control requests stage s, the heat relay control determines what actual heat relays are available or energized and tries to provide stages for what is requested. The availability of heat relays depends on the heat instal led, how many stages, and time guards. The Number of Heat Stages (HEA TI NG STAGE QTY) configuration tells the control how many heat relays can be used. Heat Stage 1Timeguar d
(HEAT 1 TIMEGUARD) and Heat Stage 2 Timeguard (HEAT 2 TIMEGUARD) display the time a respective heat relay has before it
can change state. The available stages at any given time are displaye d as heat 1 availabl e and heat 2 avai lable (HEAT 1 AVAILABLE and HEAT 2 AVAILABLE). The actual heat relays on at any given time are displayed as Actual Heating Stages (ACTVE HEAT STAGE). Heat Stage 1 Relay (HEA T 1 RELA Y) and Heat Stage 2 Relay (HEA T 2 RELAY) are displayed on when the respective relay is energized. There are time guards to prote ct from short cycling, Heat Minimum On Time (HEAT MIN ON) and Heat Minimum Off Time (HEAT MIN OFF) apply before a heat relay can be turned back on or turned off.
Integrated Gas Controller (IGC)
The heat staging is determined as described above and the Integrated Gas Controller (IGC) initiates the gas heat module start--up. The Integrated Gas Controller (IGC) minimum on--time of 1 minute will be followed even if Heat Minimum On Time (HEAT MIN ON) is lower and during Service Test. If the IGC temperature limit switch opens within 10 minutes of the end of the gas heat cycle, the next fan off delay will be extended by 15 seconds. The maximum delay is 3 minutes. Once modified by the IGC, the fan off delay will not change back to the configured Fan--off Delay, Gas Heat (HEAT FANOFF DELAY) unless power is reset to the control. A light emitting diode (LED) is provided on t he IGC t o indicat e stat us. Duri ng normal operation the LED is continuously on. See the Trouble shooting section if the LED is off or flashing. The IGC is located behind the gas section access panel door.
When the control energizes Heat Stage 1 Relay (HEAT 1 RELAY), power is sent to the W terminal on the IGC board. A check is made to ensure that the rollout switch and limit switch are closed. The induced --draft motor is then energized, and when speed is proven with the Flue Gas Pressure switch, the ignition activation period begins. The burners will ignite within 5 seconds . If the burners do not light, there is a 22--second delay befor e another 5--second attempt. If the burners still do not light, this sequence is repeated for 15 minutes. After the 15 minutes have elapsed, if the burners still have not lit, heating is locked out. The control will rese t when the reques t for heat is temporarily removed. When ignition occurs the IGC board will continue to monitor the condition of the rollout switch, limit switches, the Flue Gas Pressure switch, as well as the flame sensor. If the unit is controlled through a room thermos tat or space sensor set for auto--fan, 45 seconds after ignition occurs the indoor--fan motor will be energized (and the outdoor--air dampers will open to thei r minimum position). If for some reason the over temper ature limit opens prior to the star t of the indoor fan blower, on the next attempt, the 45--second
delay will be shorte ned to 5 seconds less than the time from initiation of heat to when the limit tripped. Gas will not be interrupted to the burners and heat ing will continue . Once modified, the fan on delay will not change ba ck to 45 se conds unless power is res et to the control. When the control energizes Heat Stage 2 Relay (HEAT 2 RELAY), power is supplied to the second stage of the main gas valve. If both stage 1 and stage 2 of the gas valve close, gas will be turned off to the main burners.
Supply Air Tempering
Supply Air Tempering control operates the gas or electric heat to maintain a minimum supply air temperature during conditions where very cold outdoor air causes the supply air temperature to fall below the configured Supply Air Tempering Setpoint. This occurs during periods where DCV is active and increasing the amount of outdoor air or in cases where the system is operating at very low airflow and the calculated economizer position has increased to maintain a constant ventilation rate.
The user can enable/disable Supply Air Tempering. The following conditions must be true for the supply air tempering
algorithm to operate:
S The SA Tempe ring is set to Ye s (OKTOSATEMPER=YES) S The indoor fan is on S The System Mode is in Vent (Ventilation or Supply Fan Only) or
IAQ Override.
S The Outdoor Air Temperature < Minimum Cooling SAT 48_F. S Heat type is gas or electric and Number Of Heat Stages > 0
If all the above are true, the SystemVut controller will monitor the SAT sensor value and operate the first stage of heat to temper the supply air as required in order to maintain the configured SA Tempering Setpoint.
Two Position Damper Operation
The Two Position damper is used for ventilation. If the indoor fan is not on the two position damper will not open. If the two position damper is installed then ventilation method will be set to two position damper (VENT METHOD = 2POS DMPER (2)), and two position damper channel will be configured (2POS/ERV CHANNEL). When the unit is occupied and the indoor fan is running, the two position damper configured relay will energized. This then activated the motor at the damper to open to the mechanical stop position enforced at the actuator. This will provide the customer set ventilation rate determine for the space.
NOTE: If two position damper is installed with a multiple speed system, the ventilation rate will be high or low depending on the specific speed running during set up and the current speed being run for normal operation.
Economizer Operation
The Economizer is used for ventilation, and cooling. If the Indoor fan is not on, the economizer will not operate. If an economizer is installed, then Vent Method (VENT METHOD = ECON) should be set to economizer. The unit produces a 4--20mA signal which is then changed to a 2--10V signal with a 500 ohm resistor, which can control the economizer actuator. The economizer output signal is displayed by the Economizer Commanded Position (ECON CMD POSITION). The actuator’s built--in 2 to 10VDC feedback signal is read in as an analog input to know the actual position which is displayed as Economizer Actual Position (ECON ACT POSITION).
Minimum Ventilation
The economizer will open to allow ventilation when the indoor fan is turned on and the unit is in the occupied state. The economizer damper position at any given time for ventilation is displayed as the Min Position in Effect (EFFECTIVE MIN POS).This minimum position can be effected by the indoor fan speed (F.SPD) and indoor air quality. To maintain a constant airflow through the economizer, as the indoor fan speed decreases or increases the
22
Page 23
damper minimum position will increase or decrease, respectively. This relationship curve is shown in Fig. 16.
NOTE: The software point names are used in Fig. 16 as to not clutter the graph. These points are not individually set and therefore only visible from a network for troubleshooting.
These units can also be equipped with optional CO
sensors for
2
additional indoor air quality control. When unit is equipped with a return duct CO
sensor the Economizer minimum position vs. fan speed curve
CO
2
will be recalculated based on the CO
sensor or return duct CO2sensor and outside air
2
level of the return and/or
2
outside air as shown in Fig. 16. When performing Demand Controlled Ventilation, the damper’s Min Position in Effect (EFFECTIVE MIN POS) will operate in the shaded area of Fig. 16 based on the IAQ Level (IAQ) and the Commanded Fan Speed (IDF SPEED OUTPUT). See the Indoor Air Quality (IAQ) section for more details on Demand Controlled Ventilation (DCV).
The damper position curve can be field adjusted per application if needed.
1. Activate test mode to control the fan and dampers to achieve the correct numbers.
2. Set the fan speed for the maximum amount needed for design CFM requirements. This should also be the IDF maximum Fan speed (IDF MAXSPEED).
3. Open the damper to the position which satisfies the highest ventilation requirement running maximum fan speed, and then set the Economizer minimum at maximum fan speed (MIN POS @ MAX FAN) to this damper position.
4. Set the fan speed to a realistic operating speed in the upper range, and then set the User Minimum Position Speed 1 (MIN POS SPEED 1) equal to that speed. This should be somewhere in the 80% range.
5. Open the damper to the position which satisfies the highest ventilation requirement running speed 1 fan speed, and then set the User Minimum Position Damper Position 1 (MIN POS DAMP 1) to this damper position.
6. Set the fan speed to a realistic operating speed in the mid-­range, and then set the User Minimum Position Speed 2 (MIN POS SPEED 2) equal to that speed. This should be somewhere in the 60% range.
7. Open the damper to the position which satisfies the highest ventilation requirement running speed 2 fan speed, and then set the User Minimum Position Damper Position 2 (MIN POS DAMP 2) to this damper position.
8. Set the fan speed to a realistic operating speed in the low-­range, and then set the User Minimum Position Speed 3 (MIN POS SPEED 3) equal to that speed. This should be lowest fan speed in planned operating range.
9. Open the damper to the position which satisfies the highest ventilation requirement running speed 3 fan speed, and then set the User Minimum Position Damper Position 3 (MIN POS DAMP 3) to this damper position.
The shape of the curves in Fig. 16 are determined by the configuration parameters: User Minimum Position Speed 1 (MIN
POS SPEED 1), User Minimum Position Damper Position 1 (MIN POS DAMP 1), User Minimum Position Speed 2 (MIN POS SPEED 2), User Minimum Position Damper Position 2 (MIN POS DAMP 2), User Minimum Position Speed 3 (MIN POS SPEED 3), User Minimum Position Damper Position 3 (MIN POS DAMP 3), and Economizer minimum at maximum fan
speed (MIN POS @ MAX FAN). These configurations are preset at the factory of default purposes. The Economizer minimum at maximum fan speed (MIN POS @ MAX FAN) should be changed based on the air balance of the unit for proper ventilation.
The user adjustable points discussed above are defaulted to zero from the factory which forces the control to use a set of default points. The default points should not be left for permanent operation, as it may cause inadequate ventilation. Economizer minimum at maximum fan speed (MIN POS @ MAX FAN) and at least one set of user points User Minimum Position Speed 1 (MIN
POS SPEED 1) and User Minimum Position Damper Position 1 (MIN POS DAMP 1) should be used to create a linear curve to
cover the broad scope of fan operation.
Econo Max
Position
(DAMPMAX)
Damper Position
:
Key
(AQP_SPD3, AQP_POS3)
(AQP_SPD2, AQP_POS2)
(MP_SPD3, MP_POS3)
10%
(AQ_SPD3, AQ_POS3)
(AQ_SPD2, AQ_POS2)
Indoor Fan Speed
(MP_SPD2, MP_POS2)
(AQ_SPD1, AQ_POS1)
Fig. 16 -- Minimum Damper Position Curves
Minimum Position Curve IAQ Minimum Position Curve IAQ Purge Position Curve
(AQP_SPD1, AQP-POS1)
(MP_SPD1, MP_POS1)
Maximum Speed
(SPEEDMAX)
IAQPMAX
MINP_
IAQMINP
MAX
C14326
23
Page 24
Free Cooling
The economizer will be enable d for cooling (OK TO FREE COOL? =Yes)if the supply air tempe rature sensor reading is valid, there are
no applied lockouts, and economize r is operational. Ec onomizer Operational (ECON OPERATIONAL?) indicates if an economize r is installed (VENT METHOD = ECON) and feedback indicates it is operational. The three economizer lockouts tha t determi ne if free cooling should be used to help with cooling are: Dry Bulb Lockout
(DRY BULB LOCKOUT), Enthalpy Lockout (ENTHALPY LOCKOUT), and Unoccupied Free Cooling Lockout (UFC LOCKOUT?). Any one of these lockouts will disable economizer free
cooling. See below for how each lockout occurs .
When the economi zer is avail able for free cooling (OK TO FREE COOL? = Yes ) and the compres sion is not on, the damper will start opening from the damper’s minimum Position in Effect
(EFFECTIVE MIN POS) based on the supply air tem perature (SUPPLY AIR TEMP) to provide free cooling. A low cooli ng
demand (DEMAND = LOW COOL) will utilize the Low Free Cooling SAT Setpoi nt (LOW COOL SAT SP) as the Free Cooling Setpoint (FREECOOL SA T SP) to control the economizer. A medium or high cooling demand (DEMAND = HIGH COOL) will utilize the High Free Cooling SA T Setpoint (HIGH COOL SAT SP) as the Free Cooling Setpoint (FREECOOL SAT SP) to control the economi zer .
During free cooling the fan will start at the dedicated free cooling speed (FREE COOL IDF SPD). After the economizer (ECON CMD POSITION) reaches 100% (or Max) for 5 minutes, the fan will be changed to the High Cool Speed (HIGH COOL IDF SPD). When a high cooling demand (DEMAND = HIGH COOL) is active the control will use the High Cool Speed (HIGH COOL IDF SPD). The compressor will be allowed for use after the fan and economizer are 100% (or Max) for 5 minutes. Once compression is turned on the economizer and fan will remain at 100% until the call for cooling is removed or until the unit is no longer allowed to free cool (OK TO FREE COOL = No).
Dry Bulb Lockout
Dry Bulb Lockout (DRY BULB LOCKOUT) occurs when any of the following are true:
S The Outdoor Air Tempe rature (OUTDOOR AIR TEMP) is invalid. S When Differential Dry Bulb Control is disabled (DIFF DRY
BULB CTL = Disable) and the Outdoor Air Temperature (OUTDOOR AIR TEMP) is greater than the configured Free Cooling Maximum Temperature (FREE COOL MAX OAT) or less than the configured Free Cooling Minimum Temperature (FREE COOL MIN OAT).
S When Differential Dry Bulb Control is enabled (DIFF DRY
BULB CTL = Enable) and the return air temperature (RETURN AIR TEMP) plus the Differential Dry Bulb deadband (DIFF DB DEADBAND) is lower than the outdoor air temperature (OUTDOOR AIR TEMP).
Enthalpy Lockout
The control uses the Outdoor Air Temperature (OUTDOOR AIR TEMP), Outdoor Relative Humidity (OARH LEVEL),and
Barometric Pressure (BAROMETRIC PRESS) to calculate the Outdoor Enthalpy (OUTDOOR ENTHALPY). The control uses the Return Air Temperature (RETURN AIR TEMP),Return Relative Humidity (RARH LEVEL), and Barometric Pressure
(BAROMETRIC PRESS) to calculate the Return Enthalpy (RETURN ENTHALPY). Enthalpy Lockout (ENTHALPY LOCKOUT) occurs when any of the following are true:
S When Differential Enthalpy Control is disabled (DIFF
ENTHALPY CTL = Disable) and the outdoor enthalpy (OUTDOOR ENTHALPY) is greater than the Maximum Outdoor Enthalpy limit (ENTHALPY HI LIMIT).
S When Differential Dry Bulb Control is enabled (DIFF DRY BULB
CTL = Enable) and the outdoor enthal py (OUTDOOR
ENTHALPY) is greater than the return enthalpy (RETURN ENTHALPY). The Differential Enthalpy deadband (ENTHALPY DEADBAND) is use in the case of unlocking the Enthalpy lockout (ENTHALPY LOCKOUT).
S The Enthalpy switch input (ENTHALPY SWITCH) is reading
high.
Unoccupied Free Cooling Lockout
Unoccupied Free Cooling lockout (UFC LOCKOUT?) occurs when the unit is in the unoccupie d period (OCCUPIED NOW? = No) and the Outdoor Air Tem perature (OUTDOOR AIR TEMP) is less than the Unoccupied Free Cooling low tempe r ature (UFC LOW TEMP).
Unoccupied Free Cooling
The unoccupied free cooling algorithm attempts to maintain the building space half way betwee n the Occupied Cool Set Point (OCC
COOL SETPOINT) and Occupied Heat Set Point (OCC HEAT SETPOINT) using only the economizer when the conditions in the
building and the outdoors are suitable , during unoc cupied periods. Three different points define this algorit hm : Unoccupied Free Cooling configuration (WHEN TO UNOCC FC), Free Cooling Preoccupancy Time configur a tion (UFC PREOCC TIME), and Free cooling allowed
(OK TO FREE COOL?).
WHEN TO UNOCC FC = 0(Disabled)
Free Cooling will only occur if the space exceeds the unoccupied setpoints.
WHEN TO UNOCC FC = 1 (Preoccupancy)
Unoccupied free cooling can only occur when the time until the next occupied period is less than the Unoccupied Free Cool Pre--Occupancy Time (UFC PREOCC TIME) in minutes.
WHEN TO UNOCC FC = 2 (Unoccupied)
Unoccupied free cooling can occur throughout the entire unoccupied period. The space temperature must be higher then the mid--point between the occupied cooling and heating setpoints.
Power Exhaust
Power Exhaust is a function used to assist in the building exhaust air if the barometric relief damper is not enough. It can be one or two motors which can be controlled independently to provide 2 stages of exhaust. These two power exhaust stages are controlled by relays on the Main Base board, and therefore need to be configured on relay channels. To assign the channels set the PE1 RELAY CHANNEL and PE2 RELAY CHANNEL as needed.
NOTE: Factory installed power exhaust is only one channel and is on Relay 06.
When a power exhaust 1 relay channel is configured, the control will create a PE1 curve, example shown in Fig. 17. This curve is created by applying the difference of the power exhaust stage 1 at maximum fan speed (PE1 POS @ MAX SPD) and the Economizer minimum at maximum fan speed (MIN POS @ MAX FAN) in relationship to the minimum position curve. When a power exhaust 2 relay channel is configured, the control will create a PE2 curve, example shown in Fig. 17. This curve is created by applying the difference of the power exhaust stage 2 at maximum fan speed (PE2 POS @ MAX SPD) and the Economizer minimum at maximum fan speed (MIN POS @ MAX FAN) in relationship to the minimum position curve.
Power exhaust 1 (PE1 RELAY) and power exhaust 2 (PE2 RELAY) are controlled using their respective curves as a threshold. When the operating point of the Commanded Fan Speed (IDF
SPEED OUTPUT) and Economizer Commanded Position (ECON CMD POSITION) is above the power exhaust 1 curve,
the Power exhaust 1 (PE1 RELAY) will be turned on. When the operating point falls below the curve minus the power exhaust turn off deadband (PE OFF DEADBAND) the Power exhaust 1 (PE1 RELAY) will be turned off. Power exhaust 2 operates the same as Power exhaust 1 except using the PE2 curve.
24
Page 25
Econo Max
Position
(DAMPMAX)
(PE2_SPD3, PE2_POS3)
Key:
Minimum Position Curve Power Exhaust 1Curve Power Exhaust 2 Curve
Damper Position
10%
2(PE2_SPD2,
(PE1_SPD3, PE1_POS3)
(MP_SPD3, MP_POS3)
PE2_POS2)
(PE1_SPD2, PE1_POS2)
(MP_SPD2, MP_POS2)
Indoor Fan Speed
Fig. 17 -- Power Exhaust Operation Curves
(PE2_SPD1, PE2_POS1)
PE2PMAX
(PE1_SPD1, PE1_POS1)
PE1PMAX
(MP_SPD1, MP_POS1)
MINP_MAX
Maximum Speed
(SPEEDMAX)
C14327
Indoor Air Quality (IAQ)
Indoor air quality is typically measured using a CO2sensor whose measurements are displayed in parts per million (ppm). Outdoor air quality may be measured with a CO differential demand ventilation control. The factory--installed indoor air quality CO
sensor is mounted in the return section. A
2
field--installed indoor air quality CO the return or in the occupied space. The indoor air quality modes of operation can be affected by the IAQ Analog Input Config (ANALOG IAQ CTRL) and other related and limit configurations as described below.
IAQ (Analog Input)
When IAQ assigned channel (IAQ SENSOR CHAN) is set for an analog input that input channel will be mapped to the Indoor Air Quality (IAQ LEVEL). The control is configured for indoor air quality sensors which provide 4 to 20 mA signal for 0 to 2000 ppm
. If the sensor being used has a different range, the ppm
CO
2
display range must be reconfigured by entering new values for the IAQ Sensor Value at 4mA (IAQ PPM @ 4MA) and IAQ Sensor Value at 20mA (IAQ PPM @ 20MA).
ANALOG IAQ CTRL =0(NoIAQ)
This signifies that there is no IAQ sensor installed. The economizer damper will operate based on the minimum position curve.
ANALOG IAQ CTRL = 1 (DCV)
During Demand Controlled Ventilation (DCV), the damper modulates on or between two ventilation curves depending upon the difference between the Indoor Air Quality (IAQ LEVEL) and the Outdoor Air Quality (OAQ LEVEL). The lower of these two curves is referred to as the IAQ Minimum Position Curve, and the higher curve is the Minimum Position curve discussed in the Minimum Ventilation section under Economizer Operation. Refer
sensor for indoor--outdoor
2
sensor may be mounted in
2
to that section on how the minimum Position curve is created. See Example Curves in Fig 16.
The IAQ Minimum Position curve is created by applying the difference of the IAQ position at maximum fan speed (IAQ POS @
MAX SPD) and the Economizer minimum at maximum fan speed (MIN POS @ MAX FAN) in relationship to the minimum position curve. The IAQ position at maximum fan speed (IAQ POS @ MAX SPD) should be set to an economizer position that brings in
enough fresh air to remove contaminates and CO
generated by
2
sources other than people. The Economizer minimum at maximum fan speed (MIN POS @ MAX FAN) should be set to an economizer position that brings in fresh air to remove contaminates and CO
generated by all sources including people when the
2
indoor fan is operating at the IDF Maximum Fan Speed (MAXIMUM IDF SPEED). The Economizer minimum at maximum fan speed (MIN POS @ MAX FAN) value is the design value for maximum occupancy.
The economizer Min Position in Effect (EFFECTIVE MIN POS) will follow the IAQ Minimum Position curve while the Indoor Air Quality level (IAQ LEVEL) is less than the Outdoor Air Quality Level (OAQ LEVEL). The control will begin to open the damper more than the IAQ Minimum Position curve when the IAQ level begins to exceed the OAQ level by a configurable amount. This amount is referred to as AQ Differential Low (LOW AIR.Q DIFF). When the differential between IAQ and OAQ reaches AQ Differential High (HIGH AIR.Q DIFF), the economizer Min Position in Effect (EFFECTIVE MIN POS) will follow the Minimum Position Curve. When the IAQ/OAQ differential is between AQ Differential Low (LOW AIR.Q DIFF) and AQ Differential High (HIGH AIR.Q DIFF), the control will modulate the damper between the IAQ Minimum Position Curve and the Minimum Position Curve in a linear manner as shown as the shaded area in Fig. 16. As a simple example Fig. 18 shows the Min
25
Page 26
Position in Effect (EFFECTIVE MIN POS) relationship while the Commanded Fan Speed (ECON CMD POSITION) is held at the maximum speed.
ANALOG IAQ CTRL = 2 (Override IAQ)
Override IAQ is reserved for a future release.
ANALOG IAQ CTRL = 3 (Control Minimum Position)
An external 4 to 20 mA source is used to set the Min Position in Effect (EFFECTIVE MIN POS). The 4mA signal corresponds to 0% and the 20 mA signal corresponds to 100%. In this mode, configuration such as Economizer minimum at maximum fan speed (MIN POS @ MAX FAN), IAQ position at maximum fan speed (IAQ POS @ MAX SPD) and the economizer minimum position and DCV minimum position curves in Fig. 16 and Fig. 18 are not used. If the indoor fan is not operating, the economizer position will be zero. The actual damper position may exceed the economizer Min Position in Effect (EFFECTIVE MIN POS) to provide economizer cooling.
MIN POS @
MAX FAN
VENTILATION FOR PEOPLE
IAQ POS @
MAX FAN
INCREASING VENTILATION
VENTILATION FOR SOURCES
100 700 INSIDE/OUTSIDE CO
LOW AIR.Q DIFF HIGH AIR.Q FIFF
DIFFERENTIAL
2
C14328
Fig. 18 -- Example
Outdoor Air Quality (Analog Input)
The default for the Outdoor Air Quality (OAQ LEVEL) is 400 ppm CO
when the OAQ sensor is not assigned an input channel.
2
When OAQ Assigned channel (OAQ SENSOR CHAN) is set for an analog input that input channel will be mapped to the Outdoor Air Quality (OAQ LEVEL). The outdoor air quality sensor provides a 4 to 20 mA signal corresponding to 0 to 2000 ppm
. If a field supplied sensor has a different range, the ppm
CO
2
display range must be reconfigured by entering new values for the OAQ Sensor Value at 4mA (OAQ PPM @ 4MA) and OAQ Sensor Value at 20mA (OAQ PPM @ 20MA).
Pre--occupancy Purge
The control has the option for a pre--occupancy purge to refresh the air in the space prior to occupancy. This feature is enabled by setting PREOCC PURGE ENBL to Yes. This function is also referred to as the IAQ purge function.
The IAQ Purge will operate under the following conditions:
S Purge is enabled S the unit is in the unoccupied state S Current Time is valid S Next Occupied Time is valid S time is one hour prior to next occupied period S the OAT is greater than the lockout (PREOCC LOW LIMIT)
The IAQ Purge Position curve is created by applying the difference of the IAQ purge position at maximum fan speed (PURGE POS @
MAX) and the Economizer minimum at maximum fan speed (MIN POS @ MAX FAN) in relationship to the minimum position curve. The IAQ purge position at maximum fan speed (PURGE POS @ MAX) should be set to an economizer position that brings in
enough fresh air over an hour period to remove contaminates and
during the unoccupied period. When the preoccupancy purge
CO
2
function is active (IN PREOCC PURGE?), the economizer Min Position in Effect (EFFECTIVE MIN POS) will follow the IAQ Purge Position curve.
Temperature Compensated Start
Space control set points are usually set to 2 different levels for unoccupied period and occupied period. Unoccupied set points saves energy, while occupied set points provide occupant comfort. The time period it takes for the RTU to bring the space from its current condition in unoccupied mode to its occupied set point is referred to as start bias time, or bias time. The algorithm to calculate this bias time is called Temperature Compensated Start. This is required for ASHRAE 90.1 compliance. When temperature compensated start is running (TCS ACTIVE?) the control uses the occupied set points to control the space.
When Temperature compensated start is enabled (ADAPTIVE TCS?), no other configuration parameters are needed for this algorithm, because the algorithm will automatically adjust the Bias Time based on the data collected during the period of last time optimal start. The inputs to the calculation algorithm includes space temperature, unoccupied set points, occupied set points, outdoor air temperature, and supply air temperature. Bias time is changed dynamically per RTU operation.
When Temperature compensated start is disabled (ADAPTIVE TCS?), the control will use the User Temperature compensated Start bias time (USER TCS BIASTIME) in determining when to start controlling to the occupied set points. If the User Temperature compensated Start bias time (USER TCS BIASTIME) is set to zero, the control will switch to the occupied setpoints at the time of occupancy.
Linkage
The SystemVut controller will support 3Vt, VAV an d V V T zoning system on a CCN system or Open VVT and VAV systems on a BACnet MS/TP System. All that is required is to configure the Open or 3V Master zone to use the SystemVu rooftop unit as its airsource. The SystemVu control will need to be configured for the proper network protocol (BAS PROTOCOL) and set for Space Sensor Control (UNIT CTRL TYPE). The SystemVu controller will reply to the zoning system and change its operating parameters to meet the demand of the zoning system. Status of this process can be viewed in the airside linkage tab of the property pages in the
R
application or by viewing the linkage maintenance table
i-- Vu with a CCN tool.
Carrier Comfort NetworkR(CCN) Operation
The SystemVu controller can be configured to connect to a CCN system. The SystemVu controller h as one RS --485 BMS port that can be configured from the local display for BACnet or CCN. The BMS configuration parameters can be found in the SETTINGSNETWORK SETTINGS submenu. The first configuration is the BMS system for CCN systems change this configuration from BACnet to CCN then set the CCN BAUD rate, the bus and element number and you will be able to find the controller with any CCN tool then upload the CCN tables in the controller for use by the tool.
BACnet Network Operation
The SystemVut controller is ready to connect to BACnet. The SystemVu control l er has one RS--485 BMS port that can be configur ed from the local display for BACnet or CCN. The defa ult setting is BACnet and the Default BACnet Baud rate is 76800. These settings are found on the SETTINGSNETWORK SETTINGS sub menu of the local displ ay. There are four other settings for i--Vu
R
R
26
Page 27
compatibility and for setting the device ID and MAC address of the control ler . See the table below for assistance.
Before connecting to the BACnet system determine the system requirements and use the following guide to configure the BACnet settings. Then power the controller down, connect to the BACnet MS/TP network and you are ready to discover your controller.
R
For i--Vu
systems with auto addressing desired the controller is already set with the defaults from the factory ready to connect to this type of system; just set the MAC address of the controller from 0 to 99 and then power down and connect to the network. The router will find and send the network number to the controller and the controller will set it device ID with the network base appended by the Mac address.
For i--Vu and other BACnet systems when it is required to send the device ID to the controller change the ALC/i--Vu auto ID scheme to no and set the MAC address from 0 to 99 like before. Then connect to the network and write the device ID to the controller at the MAC address you set. The controller will accept and retain the device ID written to the device Id property of the object ID.
T o manuall y set the device ID from the local displa y set the BACnet auto/manual to manual. This allows use of the full range of 1 to 127 for t he MAC address and s et the device ID in the BACnet ID selection of the local display. It can only be set from the local display and will not accept a write to the device ID property in the object ID.
BACnet ID Auto/Manual
Manual ON or OFF
Auto OFF
Auto ON
i --- V u A u t o
Scheme
How Device is derived
Local display BACnet Id -- -BACNet Writes not allowed
Device Id Prefix + Mac --- BACnet writes allowed
Device Id Prefix + MAC (prefix up­dated by color cache) --- BACnet writes not allowed
MAC range
0 --- 1 2 7
0 --- 9 9
0 --- 9 9
Alarm Handling
There are a variety of different alerts and faults in the system, the term alarm is used to reference alerts and faults. Alerts are indicated by AXXX (where XXX is the alert number) on the display and generally signify a warning of some sort or the improperly functioning circuit can resta rt without human interaction. If an fault occurs, indicated by FXXX (where XXX is the fault number), a major functi on of the unit is inoperable or the damaged circuit will generally not restart without an alarm reset via the display or CCN.
The response of the control system to various alerts and faults depends on the seriousness of the particular alert or fault. In the mildest case, an alert does not affect the opera t ion of the unit in any manner. An alert can also cause a “strike.” A “striking” alert will cause the circuit to shut down for 15 minutes. This feat ur e reduce s the likelihood of false alarms caus i ng a properly working system to be shut down incorr ectly. If three stri kes occur before the circuit has an opportunit y to show that it can function properly, the circuit will strike out, causing the shutdown fault for that particular circ uit. Once activated, the shutdown fault can only be cleared via an alarm reset.
However, circuits with strike s will be given an opportunity to rese t their str ike counter to ze ro. As discussed above, a strike typically causes the circuit to shut down. Fifteen minutes later, that circuit will once again be allowe d to run. If the “troubl ed” circuit runs continuously for a user defined time (SETTINGSUNIT CONFIGURATI ONSCOOLINGSTRI KE CLEAR TIME) with no detect able problems the strike counter will be reset to zero. Default value is 5 minutes.
Alarm Relay Output
The alarm relay output is a configurable normally open 24--VAC output defaulted to relay 11 on the Main Base Board (MBB) TB2 connector. Selection of which alerts and faults will result in closing of the alarm relay may be set in the Alarm Relay Configuration (SETTINGSUNIT CONFIGURATIONSALARM RELAY).
Setting a configuration to YES will result in the alarm output relay to energize when that particular condition is in an alarm state. Setting a configuration to NO will result in no action by the alarm output relay for that particular condition.
NOTE: An accessory filter switch can be used along with the alarm relay output function to indicate dirty filter service need. See the Troubleshooting section for more information on viewing, diagnosing, and clearing alerts and alarms.
TROUBLESHOOTING
The SystemVut display shows actual operat ing conditions of the unit while it is running. If there are alarms or there have been alarms, they will be displayed in either the active faults, active alerts, or the history alarm list (see Table 12 starting on page 32 ). Service Test mode allows proper operation of the compres sors, fans, and other components to be checked while the unit is not opera t ing. See Service Test (on page 10).
Complete Unit Stoppage
There are several conditions that can cause a complete unit stoppage, including:
S A fault is active which causes the unit to shut down. S Cooling and heating loads are satisfied. S Programmed occupancy schedule. S General power failure. S Tripped 24-volt transformer circuit breakers. S Blown fuse or circuit breakers S Unit is turned off through the network.
Restart Procedure
Before attempting to restart the machine, check the faults and alerts list to determine the cause of the shut down. If the shutdown fault for a particular control function has occurred, determine and correct the cause before allowing the unit to run under its own control again. When there is problem, the unit should be diagnosed in Service Test mode. The faults must be reset before the control function can operate in either Normal mode or Service Test mode.
Faults and Alerts
Viewing and Clearing Unit Alarms
Presence of active alarms will be indicated on the SystemVu display by the Alarm Status lights. When alerts are active the yellow “ALERT” light will be lit. When faults are active the red “FAUL T” light will be lit. When the unit is operational, then green “RUN” light will be lit. The SystemVu controller standby screen will be updated with the active alarms for easy access. Presence of active alarms may also be signaled on the Alarm Output terminals. Each alarm may also be broadcast on the CCN network. Active ala rms and past ala rm history can be reviewed and cleared via the local display or a network device. The following menu locations are used for the local display:
ACTIVE FAULTS -- Displays the list of active faults in order of occurrence.
ACTIVE ALERTS -- Displays the list of active alerts in order of occurrence.
HISTORY -- Displays the list of active and previously active faults and alerts in order of occurrence with time and date.
RESET FAULTS/ALERTS --User command to manually reset faults and alerts.
Each alarm can have up to 3 data points stamped along with date and time to assist in troubleshooting. Pressing ENTER on the alarm or expanded screen will provide these data points.
Diagnostic Alarm Codes and Possible Causes
Fault F010 – MBB LOW VOLTAGE
This fault occurs when the MBB supply voltages falls below 17 volts AC. When this occurs the control will shut down the unit. This will automatically clear when the supply voltage rises above 19 volts AC. The cause of this fault is usually a brownout condition, low supply voltage, or supply power missing a phase.
27
Page 28
Fault F011 – MBB REFERENCE VOLTAGE
This fault occurs when the MBB internal microprocessor’s DC reference voltages is out of range. When this occurs the control will shut down the unit. This will automatically clear when the DC reference voltage goes back in range. The cause of this fault is usually a MBB failure or supply voltage out of range.
Alert A012 – MBB ZERO CROSSING
This fault occurs when the MBB supply voltage frequency is out of range. When this occurs the control will issue an alert. This will automatically clear when the supply voltage goes back in range. The cause of this fault is usually a MBB failure or supply voltage frequencytohighortolow.
Fault F013 – MBB FUSE 2 OPEN
This fault occurs when the MBB’s internal fuse number 2 exceeds threshold temperature. When this occurs the control will shut down the unit. This will automatically clear when the fuse temperature gets back in range. The cause of this fault is usually a switch input has a wiring error (short) or the switch pulled too much current. Discrete input number 2, Fire Shutdown input, and the IGC fan request are connected to fuse 2.
Fault F014 – MBB FUSE 3 OPEN
This fault occurs when the MBB’s internal fuse number 3 exceeds threshold temperature. When this occurs the control will shut down the unit. This will automatically clear when the fuse temperature gets back in range. The cause of this fault is usually a switch input has a wiring error (short) or the switch pulled too much current. Configurable discrete input numbers 12, 13, and 14 are connected to fuse 3.
Alert A015 – MBB RNET VOLTAGE RANGE
This fault occurs when the MBB’s Rnet 12 volt output is out of range. When this occurs the control will issue an alert, and any accessory connected to the Rnet plug may not operate properly. This will automatically clear when the voltage goes back in range. The cause of this fault is usually a MBB failure or supply voltage out of range.
Alert A016 – MBB 24VDC RANGE
This fault occurs when the MBB’s 24vdc output falls below 17 volts DC. When this occurs the control will put the Analog Input number’s 6, 7, and 8 into error state. This will automatically clear when the voltage rises above 19 volts DC. The cause of this fault is usually a MBB failure or supply voltage out of range.
Alert A017 – MBB 5VDC RANGE
This fault occurs when the MBB’s 5vdc output falls below 4.5 volts DC. When this occurs the control will put the Transducer inputs into error state. This will automatically clear when the voltage rises above 4.5 volts DC. The cause of this fault is usually a MBB failure or supply voltage out of range.
Fault F018 – MBB EEPROM FAILURE
The unit will completely shut down. The serial EEPROM chip on the MBB which stores the unit’s configuration is not responding. Recovery is automatic but MBB board replacement may be necessary. Cycling the power to the control should be tried before board replacement.
Alert A019 – MBB CLOCK FAILURE
The alert occurs when the RTC clock chip on the MBB is not responding. Time and date functions will not operate, such as local occupancy schedules. The unit will default to 24/7 unoccupied mode. Recovery is automatic but MBB board replacement may be necessary. Cycling power to the control and reconfiguring the time and date should be tried before board replacement.
Fault F020 – SOFTWARE ERROR
The unit will completely shut down. The software on the MBB is not responding. Recovery is automatic if the software is able to reset the board but software change may be necessary. Cycling the power to the control should be tried before board replacement.
Alert A100 – SAT SENSOR FAILURE
This alert occurs when the fan supply temperature sensor is in an error state. Economizer cooling cannot occur while this alert is active. The unit will not be able to honor SAT limits. This alert resets automatically. The cause of the alert is usually a faulty thermistor, a shorted or open thermistor caused by a wiring error, or a loose connection.
Alert A101 – FST SENSOR RANGE
This alert occurs when the fan supply temperature sensor is outside the range –40_F to 245_F (–40_Cto116_C). This alert resets automatically. The cause of the alert is usually a faulty thermistor, a shorted or open thermistor caused by a wiring error, or a loose connection.
Alert A102 – FST OPEN SENSOR
This alert occurs when the fan supply temperature sensor reads as an open circuit. This alert resets automatically. The cause of the alert is usually a faulty thermistor or an open thermistor caused by a wiring error, or a loose connection.
Alert A103 – FST SHORTED SENSOR
This alert occurs when the fan supply temperature sensor reads as a short circuit. This alert resets automatically. The cause of the alert is usually a faulty thermistor or a shorted thermistor caused by a wiring error, or a loose connection.
Alert A104 – OAT SENSOR RANGE
This alert occurs when the outdoor air temperature is outside the range –40_F to 245_F (–40
_Cto116_C). All ambient temperature
lockout limits for cooling and heating are ignored. All cooling control logic will assume OAT is high. For economizer equipped units, the economizer will not operate to provide cooling. The economizer will still operate for ventilation. The control will use normal operation for outdoor fan control. For units with CCH crankcase heat relay control, the crankcase heat relay will be turned on if any compressor is off. This alert resets automatically. The cause of the alert is usually a faulty thermistor, a shorted or open thermistor caused by a wiring error, or a loose connection.
Alert A105 – OAT OPEN SENSOR
See Alert A104
Alert A106 – OAT SHORTED SENSOR
See Alert A104
Alert A107 -- RAT SENSOR RANGE
This alert occurs when the return air temperature is outside the range –40_F to 245_F (–40_Cto116_C). Differential dry bulb crossover control can not occur. Free cooling can only be controlled by the OAT and enthalpy switch. The economizer mechanically disconnected alert will not be diagnosed. This alert resets automatically. The cause of the alert is usually a faulty thermistor, a shorted or open thermistor caused by a wiring error, or a loose connection.
Alert A108 – RAT OPEN SENSOR
See Alert A107
Alert A109 – RAT SHORTED SENSOR
See Alert A107
Alert A110 – SPT SENSOR RANGE
This alert occurs when the temperature is outside the range –40_F to 245_F (–40_Cto116_C). Cooling and heating will not operate. For economizer equipped units, the economizer will still operate for ventilation. This alert resets automatically. The cause of the alert is usually a faulty thermistor in the T--55, T--56, or T--58 device, a shorted or open thermistor caused by a wiring error, or a loose connection.
Alert A111 – SPT OPEN SENSOR
See Alert A110
Alert A112 – SPT SHORTED SENSOR
See Alert A110
28
Page 29
Alert A130 – CIR.A SSP SENSOR RANGE
This alert occurs when the pressure is outside the range --6.7 to 420 psig. A circuit cannot run when this alert is active. The cause of the alert is usually a faulty transducer, faulty 5--v power supply, or a loose connection. Use the transducer voltage drop table to determine where the error is introduced.
Alert A131 – CIR.A SSP OPEN SENSOR
See Alert A130
Alert A132 – CIR.A SSP SHORT SENSOR
See Alert A130
Alert A133 – CIR.A SDP SENSOR RANGE
This alert occurs when the pressure is outside the range 14.5 to 667 psig. A circuit cannot run when this alert is active. The cause of the alert is usually a faulty transducer, faulty 5--v power supply, or a loose connection. Use the transducer voltage drop table to determine where the error is introduced.
Alert A134 – CIR.A SDP OPEN SENSOR
See Alert A133
Alert A135 – CIR.A SDP SHORT SENSOR
See Alert A133
Alert 150 -- OACFM OPEN SENSOR
This alert occurs when the Outdoor Air CFM sensor input is 0 mA and the sensor is configured and installed. Check sensor and wiring. This alert clears automatically.
Alert 151 -- OACFM SHORTED SENSOR
This alert occurs when the Outdoor Air CFM sensor input shorted and the sensor is configured as installed. Check sensor and wiring. This alert clears automatically.
Alert A160 – OARH OPEN SENSOR
This alert occurs when the Outdoor Air Relative Humidity sensor input is 0 mA and the sensor is configured as installed. Outside Air Enthalpy cannot be calculated therefore no enthalpy crossover can be used and only dry bulb will be used in determining free cooling. Check sensor and wiring. This alert clears automatically.
Alert A161 – OARH SHORTED SENSOR
This alert occurs when the Outdoor Air Relative Humidity sensor input shorted and the sensor is configured as installed. Outside Air Enthalpy cannot be calculated therefore no enthalpy crossover can be used and only dry bulb will be used in determining free cooling. Check sensor and wiring. This alert clears automatically.
Alert A162 – RARH OPEN SENSOR
This alert occurs when the Return Air Relative Humidity sensor input is 0 mA and the sensor is configured as installed. Return Air Enthalpy cannot be calculated therefore no differential enthalpy crossover can be used. Dry bulb and single enthalpy will be used in determining free cooling. Check sensor and wiring. This alert clears automatically.
Alert A163 – RARH SHORTED SENSOR
This alert occurs when the Return Air Relative Humidity sensor input shorted and the sensor is configured as installed. Return Air Enthalpy cannot be calculated therefore no differential enthalpy crossover can be used. Dry bulb and single enthalpy will be used in determining free cooling. Check sensor and wiring. This alert clears automatically.
Alert A164 -- IAQ OPEN SENSOR
This alert occurs when the IAQ input is 0 mA and the sensor is configured as installed. IAQ operation will be disabled. Check sensor and wiring. This alert clears automatically.
Alert A165 -- IAQ SHORTED SENSOR
This alert occurs when the IAQ input is shorted and the sensor is configured as installed. IAQ operation will be disabled. Check sensor and wiring. This alert clears automatically.
Alert A166 -- OAQ OPEN SENSOR
This alert occurs when the OAQ input is 0 mA and the sensor is configured as installed. OAQ operation will be disabled. Check sensor and wiring. This alert clears automatically.
Alert A167 -- OAQ SHORTED SENSOR
This alert occurs when the OAQ input is shorted and the sensor is configured as installed. OAQ operation will be disabled. Check sensor and wiring. This alert clears automatically.
Alert A168 -- SPACE RELATI VE HUMIDITY OPEN SENSOR
This alert occurs when the SPRH input is 0 mA and the sensor is configured as installed. Check sensor and wiring. This alert clears automatically.
Alert A169 -- SPACE HUMIDITY SHORTED SENSOR
This alert occurs when the SPRH input is shorted and the sensor is configured as installed. Check sensor and wiring. This alert clears automatically.
Alert A170 – ECON FEEDBACK RANGE
This alert occurs when the Economizer analog feedback signal is outside the range of 1.3vdc to 10.3vdc and the feedback is configured to use. A short is 10.5vdc and an open circuit is less than 0.1vdc. Economizer diagnostics operation will be disabled. This is usually caused by a wiring problem, actuator failure, or the wrong actuator. Investigate using the Low Voltage Schematic; make sure the feedback signal from the actuator is correct. This alert clears automatically.
Alert A171 – ECON FEEDBACK OPEN
See Alert A170
Alert A172 – ECON FEEDBACK SHORTED
See Alert A170
Alert A190 – TSTAT HEAT/COOL CALLS
This alert occurs in Thermostat mode when Y1 or Y2 is energized simultaneously with W1 or W2. Verify thermostat and thermostat wiring. The software will enter either the cooling or heating mode depending upon which input turned on first. This alert resets automatically when Y1 and Y2 are not on simultaneously with W1 and W2.
Alert A191 – TSTAT IMPROPER COOL
This alert occurs in Thermostat mode when Y2 or Y3 is energized and Y1 is not. Verify thermostat and thermostat wiring. When this occurs the control will treat the inputs as a number instead of specific input. Example a Y2 and Y3 would mean 2 cooling inputs so the control would treat that as is a Y1 and Y2 was active. This alert resets automatically when Y1 is turned On.
Alert A192 – TSTAT IMPROPER HEAT
This alert occurs in Thermostat mode when W2 is energized and W1 is not. Verify thermostat and thermostat wiring. When W2 turns On, the software will behave as if W1 and W2 are both On. When W2 turns Off, the software will behave as if W1 and W2 are both Off. This alert resets automatically when W1 is turned On.
Fault F200 – FIRE SHUTDOWN
This fault occurs when the fire shutdown input is either open or closed depending upon its configuration. This fault is usually caused by an auxiliary device that is trying to shut down the unit, e.g., smoke detector. This will cause a unit shutdown condition. Verify that the configuration is set correct, verify the wiring and auxiliary device. This fault resets automatically.
Fault F201 – CONDENSATE OVERFLOW
This fault occurs when the COFS input is either open or closed depending upon its configuration. This fault is usually caused by water reaching a high level in the drain pan. This will cause a cooling lockout. Verify that the configuration is set correct, verify the wiring and auxiliary device. This fault resets automatically.
29
Page 30
Alert A203 – DIRTY FILTER
This alert occurs when the Filter Status switch senses a plugged filter for 5 continuous seconds after the indoor fan has been running for 10 seconds or if the fan has run for longer than the change filter time. Because the Dirty Air Filter switch can be configured normally opened or closed, the switch might be open or closed. Verify that the configurations are set correct, verify the wiring and filter status switch. The hose should be connected to the low side of the switch. The alert resets automatically if it was tripped due to the filter switch. If the alert is tripped because of the timer, it will need to be reset after the filter has been replaced or inspected. Rest the time with the RESET FILTER TIME point is located under RUN STATUS GENERAL or INPUTS GENERAL INPUTS.
Fault F204 – REMOTE SHUTDOWN
This fault occurs when the remote shutdown input is either open or closed depending upon its configuration and configured to set a fault. This fault is usually caused by an auxiliary emergency device that is trying to shut down the unit. This will cause a unit shutdown condition. Verify that the configuration is set correct, verify the wiring and auxiliary device. This fault resets automatically.
Fault F205 – IDF MANUAL LIMIT TRIP
This fault occurs when the indoor fan limit switch input is lost. The switch is a manual rest limit that is normally closed. This fault is usually caused by excess heat seen at the indoor fan. This fault will cause a unit shutdown condition. Since the switch is manual reset the button on the switch will have to be reset before reseting this fault in the software.
Fault F206 – PHASE MONITOR TRIP
This fault occurs when the phase monitor input is either open or closed depending upon its configuration. This fault is usually caused by loss of phase or improper phasing of a 3 phase power supply. This will cause a unit shutdown condition. Verify that the configuration is set correct, verify the wiring and supply power. This fault resets automatically.
Alert A210 – GENERAL STATUS
This alert occurs when the general status input is either open or closed depending upon its configuration and configured to set a alert. This alert is usually caused by an auxiliary switch device that is trying to send a warning about the unit. Verify that the configuration is set correct, verify the wiring and auxiliary device. This alert resets automatically.
Fault F211 – GENERAL STATUS
This fault occurs when the general status input is either open or closed depending upon its configuration and configured to set a fault. This fault is usually caused by an auxiliary switch device that is trying to shut down the unit. This will cause a unit shutdown condition. Verify that the configuration is set correct, verify the wiring and auxiliary device. This fault resets automatically.
Fault F310 – CIRA DOWN DUE TO FAIL
This fault occurs when both compressors on circuit A have 3 strikes. Investigate the alerts that caused the strikes to occur, and correct or test as needed. Manual alarm reset or power cycle is required to rest this fault.
Fault F311 – CIRA LOW CHARGE
This alert occurs when the compressors are off and both the discharge and suction pressure are less than the low charge level (LOW CHARGE LEVEL) and OAT is greater than the low charge limit (NO LOW CHARGE OAT). The cause of the alert is usually low refrigerant pressure or faulty pressure transducers. This alert only occurs when the compressor is OFF because the low refrigerant pressure alert will handle this situation when the compressor is operating. Manual alarm reset or power cycle is required to rest this fault.
Alert A312 – CIR.A UNEXPECTED OFF
These alerts occur when the suction pressure raises the configured amount and the pressure ratio drop the configured amount both in a 10 second window during compressor operation. When this occurs, the control turns off the compressors and logs a strike for which compressor that was on. This alerts reset automatically. The possible causes are: high --pressure switch (HPS) open (the HPS is wired in series with compressor relays on the MBB), compressor internal protection is open, or a wiring error (a wiring error might not allow the compressor to start).
Alert A313 – CIR.A HIGH DISCHARGE
This alert occurs when the discharge pressure is greater than the configured CIR.A SDP LIMIT amount. This alert resets automatically when the pressure falls 20 psig below the threshold. When running both compressors the control will remove A1 and add a strike to it. The control will also set the ODFs to the high cool speed. The cause of the alert is usually an overcharged system, high outdoor ambient temperature coupled with dirty outdoor coil, plugged filter drier, or ODF speeds being set too low.
Alert A314 – CIR.A HPS TRIP
This alert occurs when the discharge high pressure switch opens. This alert resets automatically when the pressure falls below the switch threshold and the switch closes for 3 minutes. The control will add a strike for which ever compressors were on. The control will also set the ODFs to the high cool speed. The cause of the alert is usually an overcharged system, high outdoor ambient temperature coupled with dirty outdoor coil, plugged f
ilter drier, or
ODF speeds being set too low.
Alert A315 – CIR.A LOW DISCHARGE
This alert occurs when the discharge temperature is less than the OAT plus the configured LOW DISCHARGE LEV amount. This alert resets automatically. The control will add a strike for which ever compressors were on. The cause of the alert is usually an undercharged system, low outdoor ambient temperature coupled with dirty outdoor coil, plugged filter drier, or ODF speeds being set too high.
Alert A316 – CIR.A LOW SUCTION
This alert occurs when the compressor is operating and the evaporating temperature (converted from the suction pressure) is less than configured low suction control levels, LOW SUC LEVEL 1, LOW SUC LEVEL2,orLOW SUC LEVEL3.The circuit SST value must be less than LOW SUC LEVEL 1 (for 5 minutes), LOW S UC LEVEL 2 (for 4 minutes), or LOW SUC LEVEL 3 (for 3 minutes when using the economizer and 1.5 minutes when not using the economizer) for the alert to occur. When the outdoor temperature is less than 40_F, the above values are reduced 1_F for every 2_F OAT is below 40_F. All the above timers will reset if the suction temperature rises above LOW SUC OK TEMP for 1 minute. This alert causes a strike for the respective circuit. This alert will activate when the coil becomes frosted. However, during the 15--minute reset period, the coils will thaw and strike should clear and restart if there is nothing else wrong with the circuit. The alert resets automatically. The cause of the alert is usually low refrigerant charge, dirty filters, evaporator fan operating backwards, loose or broken belt, plugged filter drier, faulty transducer, excessively cold return air, or stuck open economizer when the ambient temperature is low.
Alert A317 – CIR.A PRESSURE RATIO
This alert occurs when the Circuit A pressure ratio is less than the configured MIN PRESSURE RATIO amount. This alert resets automatically. The control will add a strike for which ever compressors were on. The cause of the alert is usually an undercharged system, low outdoor ambient temperature coupled with dirty outdoor coil, plugged filter drier, or ODF speeds being set too high.
30
Page 31
Fault F318 – COMPRESSOR STUCK ON
This alert occurs when the Suction pressure does not raise the minimum suction amount (CIR.A MIN SUC.P ) and the ratio did not fall at least the off pressure ratio (OFF P.RATIO). When this occurs, the control turns off all of the compressors, and enters a safety shutdown condition. The possible causes are a welded contactor or frozen compressor relay on MBB. Manual alarm reset or power cycle is required to rest this fault.
FaultF319–C.A1DOWNDUETOFAIL
This fault occurs when compressor A1 has 3 strikes. Investigate the alerts that caused the strikes to occur, and correct or test as needed. Manual alarm reset or power cycle is required to rest this fault.
Alert A320 – C.A1 REVERSE ROTATION
This alert occurs when 10 seconds after the compressor turns on, the suction rose and the discharge pressure dropped. This alert causes a strike for the compressor. The alert resets automatically. The cause of the alert is usually compressor wiring causing reverse rotation or a faulty compressor.
Alert A321 – C.A1 FAIL TO PRESSURE
This alert occurs when 10 seconds after the compressor turns on, the suction did not drop more that suction amount (CIR.A MIN SUC.P) and discharge pressure did not rise more than discharge amount (CIR.A MIN DIS.P). This alert causes a strike for the compressor. The alert resets automatically. The cause of the alert is usually compressor wiring causing reverse rotation or a faulty compressor.
Alert A410 – IGC IGNITION FAILURE
This alert occurs when the IGC fan request does not activate 15 minutes after turning heat 1 on when configured for Gas Heat. The control will lockout all the heat stages. This alert will automatically reset after the IGC fan request occurs. The cause of this alert is usually faulty wiring of the IGC, no gas flow, or wrong configuration.
Fault F411 – ROLLOUT WITHOUT HEAT
This fault occurs when the IGC fan request activates and the heat has been off for at least 3 minutes when configured for Gas Heat. The control will enter the safety shutdown condition. This alert will automatically reset after the IGC fan request turns off for 10 minutes. The cause of this alert is usually faulty wiring of the IGC, or rollout switch trip without a heat call.
Fault F 4 1 2 – R U N AWAY HEAT
This fault occurs when the SAT rises above the maximum SAT. The control will enter the safety shutdown condition. This alert will automatically reset after if configured to and the SAT falls 50 degrees below the maximum SAT. The cause of this alert is usually heat stuck on causing high SAT, or low air flow.
Alert A510 – INDOOR FAN STATUS
This alert occurs when a fan status switch is installed, the unit is configured not to shut down on fan status, and the fan status switch does not match the state of the fan. The cause of this is usually a configuration error on the switch state in the software or the setting on the actual switch itself.
Fault F511 – IDF OFF WHEN COMMAND ON
This fault occurs when the unit is configured to shut down on fan status and the fan is requested greater than zero and the fan status switch indicates the fan is off. The cause of this alert is usually a configuration error on the switch state in the software or the setting on the actual switch itself. Manual alarm reset or power cycle is required to reset this fault.
Fault F512 – IDF ON WHEN COMMAND OFF
This fault occurs when the unit is configured to shut down on fan status and the fan is requested off and the fan status switch indicates the fan is off. The cause of this alert is usually a configuration error on the switch state in the software or the setting on the actual switch itself. Manual alarm reset or power cycle is required to reset this fault.
Alert A700 – ECON NOT MODULATING
This alert occurs when the economizer feedback is enabled and the actual speed does reach the commanded speed in the economizer travel time configuration value. This alert will automatically reset when the actual position does reach the commanded position. This is usually caused by installation of the wrong actuator, no economizer gear motion, or actuator direction control switch (CCW, CW) wrong. Check damper blades, gears, and actuator. This alert will usually be accompanied by another descriptive informational alert.
Alert A701 – ECON STUCK CLOSED
See alert A700
Alert A702 – ECON STUCK OPEN
See alert A700
Alert A703 – IDF MECH DISCONNECTED
This alert occurs when the Alert A700 is not active yet the control determines that the economizer changes are not aligning with the temperature changes. This will require a manual reset to ensure the economizer is inspected. This is usually caused by the actuator not properly secured to the damper shaft.
Alert A710 – ECON NOT COOLING
See alert A700
Alert A711 – ECON IMPROPER COOLING
See alert A700
Alert A712 – EXCESSIVE OUTDOOR AIR
See alert A700
31
Page 32
Table12–SystemVut Controller Alarm Codes
FAULT OR ALERT
F010---MBB LOW VOLTAGE Unit Shutdown Automatic Brownout condition, low supply voltage, supply pow er missing a phase.
F011 --- MBB REFERENCE VOLTAGE Unit Shutdown Automatic MBB failure or supply voltage low
A012--- MBB ZERO CROSSING Alert Generated Automatic MBB failure or supply voltage frequency to high or too low.
F013---MBB FUSE 2 OPEN Unit Shutdo wn Automatic A switch input has a wiring error or the swit ch pulled too much current.
F014---MBB FUSE 3 OPEN Unit Shutdo wn Automatic A switch input has a wiring error or the swit ch pulled too much current.
A015 --- MBB RNET VOLTAGE RANGE Alert G enerated Automatic MBB failure or supply voltage low
A016--- MBB 24VDC RANGE 4 --- 20mA inputs will be in error Automatic MBB failure or supply voltage low
A017--- MBB 5VDC RANGE Transducer inputs will be in error Automatic MBB failure or supply voltage low
F018--- MBB EEPROM FAILURE Unit Shut down Automatic Software failure or MBB failure
A019--- MBB CLOCK FAILURE No time, date, and schedule
F020--- SOFTWARE ERROR Unit Shutdown Automatic Corrupt Software or software failure
A100 - -- SAT SENSOR ERROR No free cooling, and no SAT
A101--- FST SENSOR RANGE Alert Generated Automatic Faulty or incorrect thermistor caused by improper ohm reading
A102--- FST OPEN SENSOR Alert Generated Automatic Missing or open thermistor caused by wiring error or loose connection.
A103--- FST SHORTED SENSOR Alert Generated Automatic Faulty or short ed thermistor caused by wiring error or loose connection.
A104--- OAT SENSOR RANGE No free cooling, no low
A105--- OAT OPEN SENSOR No free cooling, no low
A106--- OAT SHORTED SENSOR No free cooling, no low
A107--- RAT SENSOR RANGE No differential DB crossover Automatic Faulty or incorrect thermistor caused by improper ohm reading
A108--- RAT OPEN SENSOR No differential DB crossover Automatic Missing or open thermistor caused by wiring error or loose connectio n.
A109--- RAT SHORTED SENSOR No differential DB crossover Automatic Faulty or shorted thermistor ca used by wiring error or loose connection.
A110 - -- SPT SENSOR RANGE No heating or cooling Automatic Faulty or incorrect thermistor caused by improper ohm reading
A111 - -- SPT OPEN SENSOR No heating or cooling Automatic Missing or open thermistor caused by wiring error or loose connectio n.
A112 - -- SPT SH ORTED SENSOR No heating or co oling Automatic Fault y or sho rted thermistor caused by wiring erro r or lo ose conne ction.
A130 --- CIR.A SSP SENSOR RANGE Shutdow n Circuit A Automatic Faulty transducer, faulty 5--- V power supply, or loose connection
A131 - -- CIR.A SSP OPEN SENSOR Shutdown Circuit A Automatic Faulty transducer, faulty 5 --- V power supply, o r loose connection
A132 - -- CIR.A SSP SHORT SENSOR Shutdown Circuit A Automatic Faulty transducer, faulty 5 --- V power supply, or loose co nnection
A133--- CIR.A SDP SENSOR RANGE Shutdown Circuit A Automatic Faulty t ransducer, fault y 5 - -- V power supply, or loose connection
A134--- CIR.A SDP OPEN SENSOR Shutdo wn Circuit A Automatic Faulty transducer, faulty 5 -- -V power supply, or loose connection
A135 - -- CIR.A SDP SHORT SENSOR Shutdown Circuit A Automatic Faulty transducer, faulty 5--- V power supply, or loose connection
A150--- OUTDOOR AIRFLOW IN CFM OPEN SENSOR
A151--- OUTDOOR AIRFLOW IN CFM SHORTED SENSOR
A160--- OARH OPEN SENSOR No Ent halpy crossover Automatic Bad sensor, bad wiring, or sensor configured incorrectly.
A161--- OARH SHORTED SENSOR No Enthalpy crossover Automatic Bad sensor, bad wiring, or sensor configured incorrectly.
A162--- RARH OPEN SENSOR No Differential Enthalpy
A163--- RARH SHORTED SENSOR No Different ial Enthalpy
A164--- IAQ OPEN SENSOR No IAQ Operatio ns Automatic Bad sensor, bad wiring, or sensor configured incorrectly.
A165--- IAQ SHORTED SENSOR No IAQ O perations Automatic Bad sensor, bad wiring, or sensor configured incorrectly.
A166--- OAQ OPEN SENSOR No OAQ Operatio ns Automatic Bad sensor, bad wiring, or sensor configured incorrectly.
A167--- OAQ SHORTED SENSOR No O AQ Operations Automatic Bad sensor, bad wiring, or sensor configured incorrectly.
A168--- SPACE RELATIVE HUMIDITY OPEN SENSOR
A169---SPACE RELATIVE HUMIDITY SHORTED SENSOR
A170--- ECON FEEDBACK RANGE No economizer diagnostics Automatic Wiring problem with actuator, or configuration error
A171--- ECON FEEDBACK OPEN No economizer diagnostics Automatic Wiring pro blem with actuator, or configuration erro r
A172--- ECON FEEDBACK SHORTED No economizer diagnostics Automatic Wiring problem with actua tor, or configuration error
A190 - -- TSTAT HEAT/COOL CALLS Run unit in mode a ctivated first Automatic Bad Thermosta t or Thermostat Wiring
A191--- TSTAT IMPROPER COOL Run cooling per number of
A192--- TSTAT IMPROPER HEAT Run hea ting per number of
F200--- FIRE SHUTDOWN Unit Shutdown Automatic Smoke detected by smoke detector
F201 --- CONDENSATE OVERFLOW Cooling Shutdown Automatic Dain pan plugged, sensor error, or configuration error
A203--- DIRTY FILTER Alert Generated Automatic DirtyFilterorfiltertimerexpired
F204--- REMOTE SHUTDOWN Unit Shutdown Automatic Remote activation of the shutdown switch
F205--- IDF MANUAL LIMIT TRIP Unit Shutdown Automatic LimitSwitchonIndoorFantripsduetohightemperatureatthemotor
F206--- PHASE MONITOR TRIP Unit Shutdown Automatic Power supply phase missing or out of pha se
ACTION TAKEN BY
CONTROL
operation
limit protection
ambient operation
ambient operation
ambient operation
No OACFM Opera tions Automatic Wiring problem, or configuration error
No OACFM Opera tions Automatic Wiring problem, or configuration error
crossover
crossover
No dehumidifying Automatic Bad sensor, bad wiring, sensor configured incorrectly, loss of communication
No dehumidifying Automatic Bad sensor, bad wiring, sensor configured incorrectly, loss of communication
active inputs
active inputs
RESET
METHOD
Automatic Software failure or MBB failure
Automatic Faulty, shorted, or open thermistor caused by w iring error or loose connection.
Automatic Faulty or incorrect thermistor caused by improper ohm reading
Automatic Missing or open thermistor caused by wiring error or loose connection.
Automatic Faulty or shorted thermistor caused by wiring error or loose connection.
Automatic Bad sensor, bad wiring, or sensor configured incorrectly.
Automatic Bad sensor, bad wiring, or sensor configured incorrectly.
to SIOB.
to SIOB.
Automatic Bad Thermostat or Thermost at Wiring
Automatic Bad Thermostat or Thermost at Wiring
PROBABLE CAUSE
32
Page 33
Table 12 — SystemVut Controller Alarm Codes (cont)
FAULT OR ALERT
A210--- GENERAL STATUS Alert Generated Automatic General Switch activation or wrong configuration
F211--- GENERAL STATUS Unit Shutdo wn Automatic General Switch act ivation or wrong configuratio n
F310 --- CIRA DOWN DUE TO FAIL Shutdow n Circuit A Manual Compressors have 3 strikes or has been locked out by another alarm
F311--- CIRA LOW CHARGE Shutdown Circuit A Manual Low refrigerant or faulty pressure transducer
A312--- CIR.A UNEXPECTED OFF Strike for active compressors Automatic Compressor failure, transducer failure , or nuisance operating co nditions
A313---CIR.A HIGH DISCHARGE Unload compression and up
A314--- CIR.A HPS TRIP Add compresso r strikes Automatic An overcharged system, high outdoor ambient temperature coupled with
A315--- CIR.A LOW DISCHARGE Add compressor strikes Automatic An undercharged system, low outdoor ambient tempe rature coupled with
A316--- CIR.A LOW SUCTION Add co mpressor strike s Automatic Low refrigerant charge, dirty filters, evapora tor fan turning backwards, loose
A317---CIR.A PRESSURE RATIO Add compressor strikes Automatic Low refrigerant charge, plugged filter drier, faulty transducer, the ambient
F318--- COMPRESSOR STUCK ON Unit in Safety Shutdown Manual WeldedcontactororfrozencompressorrelayonMBB
F319 --- C.A1 DOWN DUE TO FAIL Lockout Compressor A1 Manual Compressor A1 has 3 strikes or has been locked out by another alarm
A320--- C.A1 REVERSE ROTATION Add St rike for compressor A1 Automatic Wiring causing reverse rotat ion or faulty compresso r
A321--- C.A1 FAIL TO PRESSURE Add Strike fo r compressor A1 Automatic Wiring causing reverse rotatio n or faulty compressor
A410---IGC IGNITION FAILURE Lockout Heat Automatic Faulty wiring of the IGC, no gas flow, or wrong configuration
F411--- ROLLOUT WITHOUT HEAT Unit in Safety Shutdown Automatic Faulty wiring of the IGC, or rollout switch trip without a heat call
F412--- RUN AWAY HEAT Unit in Safety Shutdown Automatic Heat stuck on causing high SAT, or low air flow
A510--- INDOOR FAN STATUS Alert Generated Automatic Motor failure, or configuration error.
F511--- IDF OFF WHEN COMMAND ON Unit Shutdown Manual Fan stuck on, or Configuration incorrect.
F512---IDFONWHENCOMMANDOFF Unit Shutdown Manual Tripped Circuit Breaker. Bad indoor fan motor. Configuration incorrect.
A700--- ECON NOT MODULATING Alert Generated Automatic No economizer motion. Check damper blades, gears, and actuator. Actuator
A701 - -- ECON STUCK CLOSED Alert Generated Automatic No economizer motion. Check damper blades, gears, and actuator. Actuator
A702--- ECON STUCK OPEN Alert Generated Automatic No economizer motion. Check damper blades, gears, and actuator. Actuator
A703--- ECON MECH DISCONNECTED Alert Generated Manual No economizer motion. Check damper blades, gears, and actuator. Actuator
A710--- ECON NOT COOLING Alert Generated Automatic No economizer motion. Check damper blades, gears, and actuator. Actuator
A711--- ECON IMPROPER COOLING Alert Generated Automatic No economizer motion. Check damper blades, gears, and actuator. Actuator
A712--- EXCESSIVE OUTDOOR AIR Alert Generated Automatic No economizer motion. Check damper blades, gears, and actuator. Actuator
ACTION TAKEN BY
CONTROL
ODF to High cool speed
RESET
METHOD
Automatic An overcharged system, high outdoor ambient temperature coupled with
dirty outdoor coil, plugged filter drier, or ODF speed too low.
dirty outdoor coil, plugged filter drier, or ODF speed too low.
dirty outdoor coil, plugged filter drier, or ODF speed too high
or broken fan belt, plugged filter drier, faulty transducer, excessively cold return air, or stuck open economizer when the ambient temperature is low.
temperature is low and the ODF is running t oo fast.
direction control switch (CCW, CW) wrong.
direction control switch (CCW, CW) wrong.
direction control switch (CCW, CW) wrong.
direction control switch (CCW, CW) wrong.
direction control switch (CCW, CW) wrong.
direction control switch (CCW, CW) wrong.
direction control switch (CCW, CW) wrong.
PROBABLE CAUSE
33
Page 34
Control Module Communication
Red LED
Proper operation of the MBB control board can be visually checked by looking at the red status LED. When operating correctly, the red status LED should blink at a rate of once every 2 seconds. If the red LED is not blinking, verify that correct power is being supplied. A blinking red LED at the rate of once per second means that software is not loaded on the board. Also, be sure that the board is supplied with the current software. If necessary, reload current software. A board LED that is lit continuously should be replaced.
Green LED
The MBB has one green LED. The Local Equipment Network (LEN) LED should always be blinking whenever power is on. If LEN LED is not blinking, check LEN connections for potential communication errors (MBB J15, J16, J17, and on the Display J2). Communication between modules is accomplished by a 3--wire sensor bus. These 3 wires run in parallel from module to module. The MBB J17 and Display J2 connectors provide both power and communication directly at the connector for accessories like the
Table 13 – Communication Resistances
(LEN) Resistance between Pins /
Device
MBB 19.92 K 10.63 K 9.51 K 19.92 K 10.63 K 9.51 K 2.25 K 1K 3.3 K
Pins
1to3
Connector
Pins
1to2
Pins
2to3
(BAS) Resistance between Pins /
Pins
1to3
Navigatort display. The MBB J15 connector provides a LEN interface to the indoor fan VFD.
Yellow LED
The MBB has one yellow LED which is used to indicate Building Automated System (BAS) communication activity. The LED will blink when the MBB transmits a message on the bus.
Communication Failures
If the Indoor Fan VFD or Navigator display Communication Failure or the green or yellow LED’s do not flash on the boards then the problem could be the communication chip on one of the control boards (MBB). Use an ohm meter to measure the resistance on the communication pins of the boards to determine if the board is bad. If the reading is less then half the value indicated in Table 13, then the board needs to be replaced.
IMPORTANT: The resistive values should be read when the board is powered off, the unit is locked out, and board connectors are disconnected.
Connector
Pins
1to2
Pins
2to3
(RNET) Resistance between Pins /
Pins
GND to +
Connector
Pins
GND to –
Pins
+to–
34
Page 35
Cooling Troubleshooting
Use the Sy stemVut Display or a CCN device to view the cooling status display and the cooling diagnostic display (see Appendices) for information on the cooling operation. Check the current alarms and alarm history for any cooling alarm codes and correct any causes. (See Table 12.) Verify any unique control configurations per installed site requirements or accessories.
Table 14 – Cooling Service Analysis
PROBLEM CAUSE REMEDY
Compressor and Fan Will Not Start.
CompressorCycles(otherthan normally satisfying thermostat).
Compressor Operates Continuously.
Excessive Condenser Pressures.
Condenser Fans Not Operating. No Power to contactors. Fuse blown or plug at motor loose.
Excessive Suction Pressure.
Suction P ressure Too Low.
LEGEND TXV --- Thermostatic Expansion Valve
Power failure. Call power company.
Fuse blown or circuit breaker tripped. Replace fuse or reset circuit breaker.
Disconnect off. Power disconnect.
Compressor time guard to prevent short cycling. Check using SystemVu Display.
Thermostat or occupancy schedule set point not calling for Cooling.
Outdoor temperature too low. Check Compressor Lockout Temperature using
Active alarm. Check active alarms using SystemVu Scrolling
Insufficient line voltage. Determine cause and correct.
Active alarm. Check active alarms using SystemVu Scrolling
Unit undersized for load. Decrease load or increase size of unit.
Thermostat or occupancy schedule set point too low. Resetthermostatorschedulesetpoint.
Dirty air filters. Replace filters.
Low refrigerant charge. Check pressure, locate leak, repair, evacuate, and
Condenser coil dirty or restricted. Clean coil or remove restriction.
Dirty condenser coil. Clean coil.
Refrigerant overcharge. Recover excess refrigerant.
Faulty TXV. 1. Check TXV bulb mounting and secure tightly to
Condenser air restricted or air short cycling. Determine cause and correct.
Restrictioninliquidtube. Remove restriction.
High heat load. Check for sources and eliminate
Faulty TXV. 1. Check TXV bulb mounting and secure tightly to
Refrigerant overcharged. Recover excess refrigerant.
Dirty air filters. Replace air filters.
Low refrigerant charge. Check pressure, locate leak, repair, evacuate, and
Faulty TXV. 1. Check TXV bulb mounting and secure tightly to
Insufficient evaporator airflow. Check belt tension. Check for other restrictions.
Temperature too low in conditioned area (low return-air temperature).
If alarms conditions are corrected and cleared, operation of the compressors and fans may be verified by using the Service Test mode. (See Table 4.) See Table 14 for general cooling service analysis.
Check using SystemVu Display.
SystemVu Display.
Marquee.
Marquee.
recharge.
suction line and insulate.
2. Replace TXV (and filter drier) if stuck open or closed.
suction line and insulate.
2. Replace TXV (and filter drier) if stuck open or closed.
recharge.
suction line and insulate.
2. Replace TXV (and filter drier) if stuck open or closed.
Reset thermostat or occupancy schedule.
35
Page 36
Humidi--MiZerRSystem Troubleshooting
Use the SystemVut control display or a CCN device to view the cooling status display and the cooling diagnostic display. See Optional Humidi--MiZer Dehumidification System starting on page 17 for information on the cooling operation and the related Humidi--MiZer system operation. Check the current alarms and alarm history for any cooling alarm codes and correct any causes (see Table 12 on page 32). Verify any unique control configurations per installed site requirements or accessories.
Table 15 – Humidi--MiZer System Service Analysis
PROBLEM CAUSE REMEDY
Subcooling Reheat Mode Will Not Activate.
Hot Gas Reheat Mode Will Not Activate.
No Dehumidification Demand.
CLV or RLV Valve Operation.
RDV Valve Operation. (NOTE: Normally Closed When De-energized)
Low Sensible Capacity in Normal Cool or Subcooling Reheat Modes.
Low Suction Pressure and High Superheat During Normal Cool Mode.
RDV Valve Cycling On/Off.
LEGEND CLV --- Cooling Liquid Valve IOB --- I n p u t --- O u t p u t B o a r d LDV --- L i q u i d D i v e r t e r V a l v e RDV --- Reheat Discharge Valve RLV --- R e h e a t L iq u i d V a l v e RH --- Relative Humidity
General cooling mode problem. See Cooling Service Analysis (Table 14).
No dehumidification demand. See No Dehumidification Demand, below.
Circuit CLV or RLV valve problem. See CLV or RLV Valve Operation, below.
General cooling mode problem. See Cooling Service Analysis (Table 14).
No dehumidification demand. See No Dehumidification Demand, below.
CLV or RLV valve problem. See CLV or RLV Valve Operation, below.
Circuit RDV valve is not open. SeeRDVValveOperation,below.
Outdoor temperature too low.
Relative humidity setpoint is too low — Humidistat
Relative humidity setpoint is too low — RH sensor.
Software configuration error for accessory humidistat.
Software configuration error for acce ssory humidity sensor.
No humidity signal. Check wiring. Check humidistat or humidity sensor.
No 24V signal to input terminals.
Solenoid coil burnout.
Stuck valve. Replace valve. Replace filter drier.
No 24V signal to input terminals.
Solenoid coil burnout.
Stuck valve. Replace valve. Replace filter drier.
RDV valve open or leaking. SeeRDVValveOperation,above.
General cooling mode problem. See Cooling Service Analysis (Table 14).
RDV valve open or leaking. SeeRDVValveOperation,above.
Hot Gas Reheat mode low suction pressure limit.
If alarm conditions are corrected and cleared, operation of the compressors, fans, and Humidi-MiZer system valves may be verified by using the Service Test mode (see Table 4 on page 11). In addition to general cooling service analysis (Table 14 on page
35), see Table 15 (below) for general Humidi-MiZer system service analysis.
NOTE: Wiring, operation, and charge are different on a Humidi-MiZer system unit compared to a standard unit.
Check Reheat Circuit Limit Temperatures Unit ConfigurationsCoolingHumz Lockout OAT
Check/reduce setting on accessory humidistat.
Check Space RH Setpoint s (SetpointsSPRH)
Check Space Humidity Switch (SETTINGSUNIT CONFIGURATIONS
SWITCH INPUTS CONFIGSHUMSTAT CHANNEL)
Check RH Sensor (SETTINGSUNIT CONFIGURATIONSANALOG INPUTS CONFIGSSPRH SENSOR CHANNEL)
Check using Service test mode
Check Wiring.
Check transformer and circuit beaker or fuses.
Check continuous over-voltage is less than 10%.
Check under-voltage is less than 15%.
Check for missing coil assembly parts.
Check for damaged valve enclosing tube.
Check using Service test mode
Check wiring.
Check transformer and circuit breaker or fuses.
Check continuous over-voltage is less than 10%.
Check under-voltage is less than 15%.
Check for missing coil assembly parts.
Check for damaged valve enclosing tube.
Normal Operation During Mixed Circuit Subcooling and Hot Ga s Reheat Modes at Lower Outdoor Temperatures.
36
Page 37
Economizer Troubleshooting
Use the SystemVut Display to view the economizer status. Check the current alerts and faults and the alarm history for economizer specific alerts or any relevant faults or alerts and correct those issues. Use test mode to troubleshoot by ramping the economizer up and down with and without the indoor fan and power exhaust fan on. Inspect the mechanical economizer for actuator, gear, or blade damage. Ensure the actuator is mounted with the correct spring return (close damper when no power applied to unit). Ensure there is a 500 ohm resister across the actuator as the 4--20mA output signal must be converted to 2--10V.
Feedback from the actuator is a 2 to 10 volt feedback. If the feedback does not reach 2 volts when commanded to 0% a negative trim (ECO FEEDBACK TRIM in the Service Calibration menu) can be put on the feedbac k to stop Economize r alarms occurring at 0%. If this done t he max damper position (ECON MAX POS in the
Table 16 – Economizer Service Analysis
PROBLEM POSSIBLE CAUSE REMEDY
Damper Does Not Move. Indoor Fan is off.
Actuator is unplugged at mot or or at economizer board.
Unit is not configured for economizer. Configure unit for economizer per the
Outdoor-air temperature is above economizer high temperature lockout.
Outdoor-air temperature is below economizer low temperature lockout.
Communication loss to economizer board. Check wiring connections.
Damper is jammed. Identify the obstruction and safely remove.
Economizer Operation is Limited to Minimum Position.
Economizer Position is Less Than Minimum Position.
Economizer Does Not Return to Minimum Position.
Damper Does Not Close on Power Loss.
Economizer is Not at Configured Minimum Position
LEGEND CCN --- Carrier Comfort Network IAQ --- I n d o o r A i r Q u a l i ty
Minimum position is set incorrectly. Adjust minimum position setting.
Outdoor-air temperature is above economizer high temperature lockout.
Outdoor-air temperature is below economizer low temperature lockout.
Enthalpy or differential dry bulb are preventing free cooling.
Outdoor-air thermistor is faulty. Replace outdoor-air thermistor.
Low suction pressure problem with a compressor. Economizer is operating correctly, identify
IAQ is controlling minimum damper position. Adjust the IAQ settings if incorrect,
Unit is in Unoccupied mode. Adjust unit occupied schedule if incorrect,
Unit is operating under free cooling. Economizer is operating correctly.
Damper is jammed or spring return is backwards. Identify the obstruction and safely remove.
Unit is operating under free cooling or a force is applied to the commanded position.
R
Economizer Settings menu) must be set less than 100% to prevent Economizer alarms at 100% since the trimmed value will not reach 100% at 10 Volts. Both signals can be measured with a meter on the signal and feedback wires J7 pins 4 and 3 respectively and referenced to ground J7 pin 8 while the values can be displayed on the local display.
The Economizer alerts can be summarized as a failure to modulate the damper blades. This can be due to the actuator not being properly connected to the damper, or because the actuator’s feedback signal is indicating that damper is not performing as commanded. The mechanical disconnect diagnostic will run when conditions are appropriate to determine proper air temperature changes. This uses the OAT, RAT, and SAT to tell if the damper is mixing the outdoor air with the return air. The other alerts inform where the damper is stuck relative to the commanded position.
Check for proper thermostat connection.
Unit is not configured for continuous fan operation and the thermostat is not calling for heating or cooling.
Unit is in Unoccupied mode and there is no call for heating or cooling.
Tripped circuit breaker.
No power to the unit.
Unit is off via CCN comman d.
Check wiring connections.
instructions.
Adjust the high temperature lockout setting if it is incorrect, otherwise, economizer is operating correctly.
Adjust the low temperature lockout setting if it is incorrect, otherwise, economizer is operating correctly.
Adjust the high temperature lockout setting if it is incorrect, otherwise, economizer is operating correctly.
Adjust the low temperature lockout setting if it is incorrect, otherwise, economizer is operating correctly.
Check enthalpy and return air compared to outside air temperature.
compressor problem.
otherwise, the economizer is operating correctly.
otherwise, economizer is operating correctly.
Economizer is operating correctly.
37
Page 38
Heating Troubleshooting
Use the unit SystemVut Display or a CCN device to view the heating status display and the heating diagnostic display (see Appendices) for information on the heating operation. Check the current alarms and alarm history for any heating alarm codes and correct any causes. (See Table 12.) Verify any unique control configurations per installed site requirements or accessories. If alarms conditions are corrected and cleared, operation of the heat stages and indoor fan may be verified by using the Service Test mode. (See Table 4.)
Table 17 – Gas Heating Service Analysis
PROBLEM CAUSE REMEDY
Heat Will Not Turn On. Unit is NOT configured for heat. Check heating configurations using the SystemVu Display
Active alarm. Check active alarms using SystemVu Display and the IGC flash
No power to unit. Check power supply, fuses, wiring, and circuit breakers.
No power to IGC (Integrated Gas Control). Check fuses and plugs.
Heaters off due to time guard to prevent short
Burners Will Not Ignite.
Inadequate Heating.
Poor Flame Characteristics.
Burners Will Not Turn Off.
cycling.
Thermostat or occupancy schedule set point not calling for Cooling.
No gas at main burners. Check gas line for air and purge as necessary. After purging gas
Water in gas line. Drain w ater and install drip.
Dirty air filters. Replace air filters.
Gas input too low. Check gas pressure at manifold. Refer to gas valve adjustment.
Thermostat or occupancy schedule set point only calling for W1.
Unit undersized for load. Decrease load or increase of size of unit.
Restricted airflow. Remove restriction. Check SAT compared to the SAT heating
Too much outdoor air. Check economizer position and configuration. Adjust minimum
Limitswitchcyclesmainburners. Check rotation of blower, thermostat heat anticipator settings,
Incomplete combustion (lack of combustion air) results in: Aldehyde odors, CO, sooting flame, or floating flame.
Unit is in Minimum on-time. Check using SystemVu Display and the IGC flash codes.
Unit running in Service Test mode. Check using SystemVu Display.
Main gas valve stuck. Turn off gas supply and unit power. Replace gas valve.
Gas Heat (48FC and 48GC Units)
See Table 17 for general gas heating service analysis. See Fig. 19 for service analysis of the IGC board logic. Check the status LED on the IGC board for any flashing alarm codes and correct any causes. (See Table 18.)
Electric Heat (50FC and 50GC Units)
See Table 19 for electric heating service analysis.
codes.
Check using SystemVu Display and the IGC flash codes.
Check using SystemVu Display.
line of air, allow gas to dissipate for at least 5 minutes before attempting to re-light unit.
Allow time for W2 to energize or adjust setpoints.
limits.
position using SystemVu Display.
and temperature rise of unit. Adjust as needed.
Check all screws around flue outlets and burner compartment. Tighten as necessary.
Cracked heat exchanger, replace.
Unit is over-fired, reduce input. Adjust gas line or manifold pressure.
Check vent for restriction. Clean as necessary.
Check orifice to burner alignment.
38
Page 39
1 FLASH - INDOOR FAN DELAY
MODIFIED (HEATING)
2 FLASHES - OPENING OF LIMIT
5 FLASHES - IGNITION LOCKOUT
SWITCH
3 FLASHES - FLAME SENSOR
INDICATES FLAME WITH
CLOSED GAS VALVE
4 FLASHES - LIMIT SWITCH
CYCLED 4 TIMES ON SINGLE
CALL FOR HEAT
(No ignition within 15 minutes)
6 FLASHES - INDUCED DRAFT
MOTOR FAULT
(No signal from the Flue Gas
Pressure Switch or 60 seconds)
7 FLASHES - OPENING OF
ROLLOUT SWITCH
8 FLASHES - HARDWARE OR
SOFTWARE FAULT
9 FLASHES - SOFTWARE
LOCKOUT
FLASHING
LED is
ON
CALL FOR
COMBUSTION RELAY ENERGIZES INDUCED DRAFT MOTOR (IDM) THROUGH
IF IDM IS TURNING AT CORRECT SPEED (AT LEAST 2400 RPM), FLUE GAS
PRESSUE SWITCH SENDS CORRECT SIGNAL TO TERMINAL ‘J1’ ON IGC
IF LIMIT SWITCH AND ROLLOUT
SWITCH ARE CLOSED, IGC SAFETY
LOGIC WILL INITIATE IGNITION
OFF
HEATING
‘W1’ FROM BASE CONTROL BOARD ENERGIZES ‘W’ ON IGC - 1 MINUTE LOCK-ON
COMBUSTION RELAY ON IGC IN ENERGIZED
TERMINAL ′CM′ ON IGC
SEQUENCE
24 VOLTS
BETWEEN
F1 AND C
1. BLOWN 5 AMP FUSE
2. DEFECTIVE 24V TRANS.
3. BROKEN WIRE
4. NO POWER TO UNIT
YES
No
DEFECTIVE IGC BOARD
No
LEGEND
IDM – Induced-Draft Motor IGC – Integrated Gas Unit Controller
IGC SAFETY LOGIC WILL SHUT
OFF GAS VALVE AND SPARK
20 SECOND PURGE OF HEAT
EXCHANGER
IS THIS THE
33RD RETRY? (OR 15
MINUTES)
Yes
IGNITION LOCKOUT
(5 FLASHES OF LED)
IGC HIGH VOLTAGE
TRANSFORMER CREATES A
10,000 VOLT SPARK FOR 5
SECONDS
No
AFTER 45 SECONDS (OR LESS IF THE TIMING
HAS BEEN REDUCED DUE TO LIMIT SWITCH
TRIPS) IGC WILL ENERGIZE BLOWER RELAY
IDM STOPS, SAFETY LOGIC SHUTS OFF GAS VALVE
IGC SAFETY LOGIC OPENS GAS
DOES IGC DETECT
.2 MICROAMPS FOR 2
SECONDS
Yes
DID LIMIT
SWITCH OPEN BEFORE THE 45
SECONDS (OR THE MODIFIED
TIME) HAS TIMED OUT?
No
NORMAL HEATING OPERATION
HEATING DEMAND SATISFIED
VALVE FOR 5 SECONDS
Yes
SUBTRACT 5 SECONDS FROM
INDOOR FAN ON TIME DELAY
NOTE: Thermostat Fan Switch in the “AUTO” position.
(DELAY EXTENDED BY 5 SECONDS FOR EACH LIMIT SWITCH TRIP
45 SECOND BLOWER SHUTOFF DELAY
MAXIMUM DELAY: 3 MINUTES)
Fig. 19 -- IGC Service Analysis Logic
39
a48--- 9375
Page 40
Table 18 – IGC Board LED Alarm Codes
LED
FLASH
DESCRIPTION
CODE
On Normal Operation
Off Hardware Failure No gas heating.
1Flash Indoor Fan On/Off Delay
Modified
2Flashes Limit Switch Fault Gas valve and igniter Off.
3Flashes Flame Sense Fault Indoor fan and inducer On. Flame sense normal.
4Flashes Four Consecutive Limit
Switch Fault
5Flashes Ignition Fault No gas heating. Heat call (W) Off.
6Flashes Induced Draft Motor
Fault
7Flashes Rollout Switch Lockout Gas valve and igniter Off.
8Flashes Internal Control Lockout No gas heating. Power reset. IGC has sensed internal hardware or software error. If
9Flashes Temporary Software
LEGEND IGC - -- Integrated Gas Unit Control LED --- L i g h t --- E m it t i n g D i o de
Lockout
ACTION TAKEN BY
CONTROL
RESET METHOD PROBABLE CAUSE
5 seconds subtracted from On delay. 5 seconds added to Off delay (3 min max).
Indoor fan and inducer On.
No gas heating. Heat call (W) Off.
If heat off: no gas heating. If heat on: gas valve Off and inducer On.
Indoor fan and inducer On.
No gas heating. 1 hour auto reset, or
Power reset. High temperature limit switch opens during heat
Limit switch closed, or heat call (W) Off.
Power reset for LED reset.
Power reset for LED reset.
Power reset for LED reset.
Inducer sense normal, or heat call (W) Off.
Power reset. Rollout switch has opened. Check gas valve
power reset.
NOTES:
1. Ther e is a 3 ---second pause between alarm code displays.
2. If more than one alarm code exists, all applicable alarm codes will be displayed in numerical sequence.
3. Alarm codes on the IGC will be lost if power to the unit is interrupted.
Loss of power to the IGC. Check 5 amp fuse on IGC, power to unit, 24V circuit breaker, transformer, and wiring to the IGC.
exchanger warm-up period before fan-on delay expires. High temperature limit switch opens within 10 minutes of heat call (W) Off. See Limit Switch Fault.
High temperature limit switch is open. Check the operation of th e indoor (evaporator) fan motor. Ensure that the supply-air temperature rise is within the range on the unit nameplate. Check wiring and limit switch operation.
TheIGCsensedaflamewhenthegasvalveshould be closed. Check wiring, flame sensor, and gas valve operation.
4 consecutive limit switch faults within a single call for heat. See Limit Switch Fault.
Unit unsuccessful ly attempted ignition for 15 minutes. Check igniter and flame sensor electrode spacing, gaps, etc. Check flame sense and igniter wiring. Check gas valve operation and gas supply.
Inducer sense On when heat call Off, or inducer sense Off when heat call On. Check wiring, voltage, and operation of IGC motor. Check speed sensor wiring to IGC.
operation. Check induced-draft blower wheel is properly secured to motor shaft.
fault is not cleared by resettin g 24 v power, replace the IGC.
Electrical interference is disrupting the IGC software.
PROBLEM CAUSE REMEDY
Heat Will Not Turn On.
Inadequate Heating.
Heat Will Not Turn Off.
Table 19 – Electric Heat Service Analysis
Active al arm. Check active alarms using SystemVu™ Display.
Unit is NOT configured for heat. Check heating configurations using the SystemVu Display
No power to unit. Check power supply, fuses, wiring, and circuit breakers. Unit is in minimum h eat off-time, or min imum cool-heat
changeover time.
Thermostat or occupancy schedule setpoint not calling for heating.
Heat forced off in Service Test mode. Check usin g SystemVu Display. Turn Service Test mode off.
No 24 VAC at heater contactor.
Open temperature limit switch on heater. Check minimum airflow. Check limit switch when it is cool,
Dirty air filters. Replace air filters.
Thermostat or occupancy schedule setpoint only calling for W1.
Heat undersized for load. Decrease load or increase size of heater.
Restricted airflow Remove restriction. Check SAT compared to the SAT
Too much outdoor air. Check economizer position and configuration. Adjust
Limit switch cycles heaters. Check rotation of blower and minimum airflow.
Bad heater elements. Power off unit and remove high voltage wires. Check
Unit is in minimum h eat on-time. Check using SystemVu Display.
Thermostat or occupancy schedule setpoint still calling for heating.
Heat forced on in Service Test mode. Check using SystemVu Display. Turn Service Test mode off.
Heater contactor failed. Power off unit. Check contactor and replace if closed.
Check using SystemVu D isplay.
Check using SystemVu D isplay.
Check transformer and circuit breaker.
Check auto-reset limit switches on heater.
Check manual-reset limit switch (LS) on indoor fan housing.
replace if open.
Allow time for W2 to energize or adjust setpoints.
heating limits.
minimum position.
resistance of element, replace if open.
Check using SystemVu D isplay.
40
Page 41
Phase Protection
The phase loss protection option will monitor the three-phase electrical system to provide phase revers al and phase loss protection.
Phase Reversal Protection
If the control senses an incorrect phase relationship, the relay (K1) will be de-energized (opening its contact). If the phase relationship is correct, the relay will be energized. The control has a self-bypass function after a pre-set time. If the control determines that the three phases stay in a correct relationship for 10 consecutive minutes, the relay will stay energized regardless of the phase sequence of three inputs as long as 24-VAC control voltage is applied. This self-bypass function will be reset if all three phases are restored in a phase loss event.
Phase Loss Protection
If the reverse rotation board sens es any one of the three phase inputs has no AC volta ge, the relay will be de--energiz ed (opening its contact). This protecti on is always active as long as 24-VAC control voltage is applied, and is not affected by the self by-pass functi on of the phase sequence monitor ing function. However, in the event of phase loss, the relay will be re-ene rgized only if all three phases are restored and the three phases are in the correct sequenc e.
A red LED is provided to indicate the function of the board. See the table below.
LED STATUS FUNCTION
On Continuously Relay contact closed (normal operation).
Blinking
Off 24---VAC control power not present (off).
Relay contact open (phase loss or phase reversal has occurred) — No power will be supplied to the control system.
Thermistor Troubleshooting
The SystemVut controller uses thermistors to sense temperatures used to control operation of the unit. Resistances at various temperatures are listed in T able 20. Thermistor pin connection points are shown in the Major System Components section. The general locations of the thermistors are shown the Major System Components section.
Air Temperatures
Air temperatures are measured with 10K thermistors. This includes supply-air temperature (SAT), outdoor-air temperature (OAT), space temperature sensors (T55, T56, T59), and return air temperature (RA T).
The supply air temperature (SAT) and outdoor air temperature (OAT) thermistors use a snap-mount to attach through the unit sheet metal panels. The snap-mount tabs must be flattened on the tip end of the sensor to release for removal from the panel. (See Fig. 20.) To reinstall, make sure the snap-mount tabs extend out.
Thermistor/Temperature Sensor Check
A digital volt-ohmmeter is required to perform this check. Connect the digital volt--ohmmeter across the appropriate
thermistor terminals at the J8 connector on the Main Base Board (see Major System Components section).
Using the voltage reading obtained, read the sensor temperature from Table 20 (on page 42).
To check thermistor accuracy, measure temperature at probe location with an accurate thermocouple-type temperature-measuring instrument. Insulate thermocouple to avoid ambient temperatures from influencing reading. Temperature measured by thermocouple and temperature determined from thermistor voltage reading should be close, within 5F if care was taken in applying thermocouple and taking readings.
If a more accurate check is required, unit must be shut down and thermistor removed and checked at a known temperature (freezing point or boiling point of water) using either voltage drop measured across thermistor at the J8 connector, or by determining the resistance with unit shut down and thermistor disconnected from J8. Compare the values determined with the value read by the control in the Temperatures mode using the SystemVut display.
Sensor Trim
Corrective offsets can be applied to all the analog inputs. Trim can be used as a form of calibration. The trim works by adding or subtracting the specified amount on the specified analog input. These corrections should only be use when a proper calibrated tool is used to compare to the sensors reading. These corrections are only applied to the local sensor values, a building systems (BAS) communicating values will not account for these corrections. Use the SERVICE CALIBRATION menu on the SystemVu Displa y to adjust these values.
Transducer Troubleshooting
The electronic control uses suction and discharge pressure transducers to measure the pressure of the refrigerant circuits. The pressure/voltage characteristics of these transducers are in shown in Table 21 (on page 43) for suction transducers and Table 22 (on pages 44--45) for discharge transducers. The 5vdc power is applied to legs A and B of the transducer and legs B to C represent the signal voltage. To use the voltage drop table for troubleshooting, read the voltage across A and B, then subtract the voltage reading from B to C. The voltage drop can be looked up in Table 21 and Table 22 depending on the type of transducer. The accuracy of these transducers can be verified by connecting an accurate pressure gauge to the second refrigerant port in the suction and discharge lines.
Fig. 20 -- SAT and OAT Thermistor Mounting
C07015
41
Page 42
Table 20 – Temperature (_F) vs Resistance/Voltage Drop Value s for OAT, RAT, SAT, and SPT Thermistors (10K at 25_C Type II Resistors)
TEMP
(F) –25 196,453 4.758 59 15,714 3.056 143 2,343 0.949 –24 189,692 4.750 60 15,317 3.025 144 2,297 0.934 –23 183,300 4.741 61 14,925 2.994 145 2,253 0.919 –22 177,000 4.733 62 14,549 2.963 146 2,209 0.905 –21 171,079 4.724 63 14,180 2.932 147 2,166 0.890 –20 165,238 4.715 64 13,824 2.901 148 2,124 0.876 –19 159,717 4.705 65 13,478 2.870 149 2,083 0.862 –18 154,344 4.696 66 13,139 2.839 150 2,043 0.848 –17 149,194 4.686 67 12,814 2.808 151 2,003 0.835 –16 144,250 4.676 68 12,493 2.777 152 1,966 0.821 –15 139,443 4.665 69 12,187 2.746 153 1,928 0.808 –14 134,891 4.655 70 11,884 2.715 154 1,891 0.795 –13 130,402 4.644 71 11,593 2.684 155 1,855 0.782 –12 126,183 4.633 72 11,308 2.653 156 1,820 0.770 –11 122,018 4.621 73 11,031 2.622 157 1,786 0.758 –10 118,076 4.609 74 10,764 2.592 158 1,752 0.745
–9 114,236 4.597 75 10,501 2.561 159 1,719 0.733
–8 110,549 4.585 76 10,249 2.530 160 1,687 0.722
–7 107,006 4.572 77 10,000 2.500 161 1,656 0.710
–6 103,558 4.560 78 9,762 2.470 162 1,625 0.699
–5 100,287 4.546 79 9,526 2.439 163 1,594 0.687
–4 97,060 4.533 80 9,300 2.409 164 1,565 0.676
–3 94,020 4.519 81 9,078 2.379 165 1,536 0.666
–2 91,019 4.505 82 8,862 2.349 166 1,508 0.655
–1 88,171 4.490 83 8,653 2.319 167 1,480 0.645
0 85,396 4.476 84 8,448 2.290 168 1,453 0.634 1 82,729 4.461 85 8,251 2.260 169 1,426 0.624 2 80,162 4.445 86 8,056 2.231 170 1,400 0.614 3 77,662 4.429 87 7,869 2.202 171 1,375 0.604 4 75,286 4.413 88 7,685 2.173 172 1,350 0.595 5 72,940 4.397 89 7,507 2.144 173 1,326 0.585 6 70,727 4.380 90 7,333 2.115 174 1,302 0.576 7 68,542 4.363 91 7,165 2.087 175 1,278 0.567 8 66,465 4.346 92 6,999 2.059 176 1,255 0.558
9 64,439 4.328 93 6,838 2.030 177 1,233 0.549 10 62,491 4.310 94 6,683 2.003 178 1,211 0.540 11 60,612 4.292 95 6,530 1.975 179 1,190 0.532 12 58,781 4.273 96 6,383 1.948 180 1,169 0.523 13 57,039 4.254 97 6,238 1.921 181 1,148 0.515 14 55,319 4.235 98 6,098 1.894 182 1,128 0.507 15 53,693 4.215 99 5,961 1.867 183 1,108 0.499 16 52,086 4.195 100 5,827 1.841 184 1,089 0.491 17 50,557 4.174 101 5,698 1.815 185 1,070 0.483 18 49,065 4.153 102 5,571 1.789 186 1,052 0.476 19 47,627 4.132 103 5,449 1.763 187 1,033 0.468 20 46,240 4.111 104 5,327 1.738 188 1,016 0.461 21 44,888 4.089 105 5,210 1.713 189 998 0.454 22 43,598 4.067 106 5,095 1.688 190 981 0.447 23 42,324 4.044 107 4,984 1.663 191 964 0.440 24 41,118 4.021 108 4,876 1.639 192 947 0.433 25 39,926 3.998 109 4,769 1.615 193 931 0.426 26 38,790 3.975 110 4,666 1.591 194 915 0.419 27 37,681 3.951 111 4,564 1.567 195 900 0.413 28 36,610 3.927 112 4,467 1.544 196 885 0.407 29 35,577 3.903 113 4,370 1.521 197 870 0.400 30 34,569 3.878 114 4,277 1.498 198 855 0.394 31 33,606 3.853 115 4.185 1.475 199 841 0.388 32 32,654 3.828 116 4,096 1.453 200 827 0.382 33 31,752 3.802 117 4,008 1.431 201 814 0.376 34 30,860 3.776 118 3,923 1.409 202 800 0.370 35 30,009 3.750 119 3,840 1.387 203 787 0.365 36 29,177 3.723 120 3,759 1.366 204 774 0.359 37 28,373 3.697 121 3,681 1.345 205 762 0.354 38 27,597 3.670 122 3,603 1.324 206 749 0.349 39 26,838 3.654 123 3,529 1.304 207 737 0.343 40 26,113 3.615 124 3,455 1.284 208 725 0.338 41 25,396 3.587 125 3,383 1.264 209 714 0.333 42 24,715 3.559 126 3,313 1.244 210 702 0.328 43 24,042 3.531 127 3,244 1.225 211 691 0.323 44 23,399 3.503 128 3,178 1.206 212 680 0.318 45 22,770 3.474 129 3,112 1.187 213 670 0.314 46 22,161 3.445 130 3,049 1.168 214 659 0.309 47 21,573 3.416 131 2,986 1.150 215 649 0.305 48 20,998 3.387 132 2,926 1.132 216 639 0.300 49 20,447 3.357 133 2,866 1.114 217 629 0.296 50 19,903 3.328 134 2,809 1.096 218 620 0.292 51 19,386 3.298 135 2,752 1.079 219 610 0.288 52 18,874 3.268 136 2,697 1.062 220 601 0.284 53 18,384 3.238 137 2,643 1.045 221 592 0.279
54 17,904 3.208 138 2,590 1.028 222 583 0.275 55 17,441 3.178 139 2,539 1.012 223 574 0.272 56 16,991 3.147 140 2,488 0.996 224 566 0.268 57 16,552 3.117 141 2,439 0.980 225 557 0.264 58 16,131 3.086 142 2,391 0.965
RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
VOLTAGE DROP (V)
TEMP
(F)
RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
TEMP
(F)
RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
VOLTAGE DROP (V)
42
Page 43
Table 21 – Pressure (psig) vs. Voltage Drop Values for Suction Pressure Transducers
PRESSURE
(psig)
0 0.465 68 1.135 136 1.804 204 2.474
2 0.485 70 1.154 138 1.824 206 2.493
4 0.505 72 1.174 140 1.844 208 2.513
6 0.524 74 1.194 142 1.863 210 2.533
8 0.544 76 1.214 144 1.883 212 2.553
10 0.564 78 1.233 146 1.903 214 2.572
12 0.583 80 1.253 148 1.922 216 2.592
14 0.603 82 1.273 150 1.942 218 2.612
16 0.623 84 1.292 152 1.962 220 2.631
18 0.642 86 1.312 154 1.982 222 2.651
20 0.662 88 1.332 156 2.001 224 2.671
22 0.682 90 1.351 158 2.021 226 2.690
24 0.702 92 1.371 160 2.041 228 2.710
26 0.721 94 1.391 162 2.060 230 2.730
28 0.741 96 1.410 164 2.080 232 2.749
30 0.761 98 1.430 166 2.100 234 2.769
32 0.780 100 1.450 168 2.119 236 2.789
34 0.800 102 1.470 170 2.139 238 2.809
36 0.820 104 1.489 172 2.159 240 2.828
38 0.839 106 1.509 174 2.178 242 2.848
40 0.859 108 1.529 176 2.198 244 2.868
42 0.879 110 1.548 178 2.218 246 2.887
44 0.898 112 1.568 180 2.237 248 2.907
46 0.918 114 1.588 182 2.257 250 2.927
48 0.938 116 1.607 184 2.277 252 2.946
50 0.958 118 1.627 186 2.297 254 2.966
52 0.977 120 1.647 188 2.316 256 2.986
54 0.997 122 1.666 190 2.336 258 3.005
56 1.017 124 1.686 192 2.356 260 3.025
58 1.036 126 1.706 194 2.375 262 3.045
60 1.056 128 1.726 196 2.395 264 3.065
62 1.076 130 1.745 198 2.415 266 3.084
64 1.095 132 1.765 200 2.434 268 3.104
66 1.115 134 1.785 202 2.454 270 3.124
VOLTAGE DROP (V)
PRESSURE
(psig)
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
PRESSURE
(psig)
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
PRESSURE
(psig)
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
43
Page 44
Table 22 – Discharge Pressure Transducer (psig) vs. Voltage
PRESSURE
(psig)
14.5 0.500 95 0.993 176 1.490 257 1.987 16 0.509 96 1.000 177 1.496 258 1.993 17 0.515 97 1.006 178 1.502 259 1.999 18 0.521 98 1.012 179 1.508 260 2.005 19 0.528 99 1.018 180 1.515 261 2.011 20 0.534 100 1.024 181 1.521 262 2.017 21 0.540 101 1.030 182 1.527 263 2.023 22 0.546 102 1.036 183 1.533 264 2.029 23 0.552 103 1.043 184 1.539 265 2.036 24 0.558 104 1.049 185 1.545 266 2.042 25 0.564 105 1.055 186 1.551 267 2.048 26 0.570 106 1.061 187 1.557 268 2.054 27 0.577 107 1.067 188 1.564 269 2.060 28 0.583 108 1.073 189 1.570 270 2.066 29 0.589 109 1.079 190 1.576 271 2.072 30 0.595 110 1.085 191 1.582 272 2.079 31 0.601 111 1.092 192 1.588 273 2.085 32 0.607 112 1.098 193 1.594 274 2.091 33 0.613 113 1.104 194 1.600 275 2.097 34 0.620 114 1.110 195 1.606 276 2.103 35 0.626 115 1.116 196 1.613 277 2.109 35 0.626 116 1.122 197 1.619 278 2.115 36 0.632 117 1.128 198 1.625 279 2.121 37 0.638 118 1.134 199 1.631 280 2.128 38 0.644 119 1.141 200 1.637 281 2.134 39 0.650 120 1.147 201 1.643 282 2.140 40 0.656 121 1.153 202 1.649 283 2.146 41 0.662 122 1.159 203 1.656 284 2.152 42 0.669 123 1.165 204 1.662 285 2.158 43 0.675 124 1.171 205 1.668 286 2.164 44 0.681 125 1.177 206 1.674 287 2.170 45 0.687 126 1.184 207 1.680 288 2.177 46 0.693 127 1.190 208 1.686 289 2.183 47 0.699 128 1.196 209 1.692 290 2.189 48 0.705 129 1.202 210 1.698 291 2.195 49 0.711 130 1.208 211 1.705 292 2.201 50 0.718 131 1.214 212 1.711 293 2.207 51 0.724 132 1.220 213 1.717 294 2.213 52 0.730 133 1.226 214 1.723 295 2.220 53 0.736 134 1.233 215 1.729 296 2.226 54 0.742 135 1.239 216 1.735 297 2.232 55 0.748 136 1.245 217 1.741 298 2.238 56 0.754 137 1.251 218 1.747 299 2.244 57 0.761 138 1.257 219 1.754 300 2.250 58 0.767 139 1.263 220 1.760 301 2.256 59 0.773 140 1.269 221 1.766 302 2.262 60 0.779 141 1.275 222 1.772 303 2.269 61 0.785 142 1.282 223 1.778 304 2.275 62 0.791 143 1.288 224 1.784 305 2.281 63 0.797 144 1.294 225 1.790 306 2.287 64 0.803 145 1.300 226 1.797 307 2.293 65 0.810 146 1.306 227 1.803 308 2.299 66 0.816 147 1.312 228 1.809 309 2.305 67 0.822 148 1.318 229 1.815 310 2.311 68 0.828 149 1.325 230 1.821 311 2.318 69 0.834 150 1.331 231 1.827 312 2.324 70 0.840 151 1.337 232 1.833 313 2.330 71 0.846 152 1.343 233 1.839 314 2.336 72 0.852 153 1.349 234 1.846 315 2.342 73 0.859 154 1.355 235 1.852 316 2.348 74 0.865 155 1.361 236 1.858 317 2.354 75 0.871 156 1.367 237 1.864 318 2.361 76 0.877 157 1.374 238 1.870 319 2.367 77 0.883 158 1.380 239 1.876 320 2.373 78 0.889 159 1.386 240 1.882 321 2.379 79 0.895 160 1.392 241 1.888 322 2.385 80 0.902 161 1.398 242 1.895 323 2.391 81 0.908 162 1.404 243 1.901 324 2.397 82 0.914 163 1.410 244 1.907 325 2.403 83 0.920 164 1.416 245 1.913 326 2.410 84 0.926 165 1.423 246 1.919 327 2.416 85 0.932 166 1.429 247 1.925 328 2.422 86 0.938 167 1.435 248 1.931 329 2.428 87 0.944 168 1.441 249 1.938 330 2.434 88 0.951 169 1.447 250 1.944 331 2.440 89 0.957 170 1.453 251 1.950 332 2.446 90 0.963 171 1.459 252 1.956 333 2.452 91 0.969 172 1.466 253 1.962 334 2.459 92 0.975 173 1.472 254 1.968 335 2.465 93 0.981 174 1.478 255 1.974 336 2.471 94 0.987 175 1.484 256 1.980 337 2.477
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
PRESSURE
(psig)
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
PRESSURE
(psig)
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
PRESSURE
(psig)
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
44
Page 45
Table 22 -- Discharge Pressure Transducer (psig) vs. Voltage (cont)
PRESSURE
(psig)
338 2.483 421 2.992 504 3.501 587 4.010 339 2.489 422 2.998 505 3.507 588 4.016 340 2.495 423 3.004 506 3.513 589 4.022 341 2.502 424 3.010 507 3.519 590 4.028 342 2.508 425 3.016 508 3.525 591 4.034 343 2.514 426 3.023 509 3.531 592 4.040 344 2.520 427 3.029 510 3.538 593 4.046 345 2.526 428 3.035 511 3.544 594 4.052 346 2.532 429 3.041 512 3.550 595 4.059 347 2.538 430 3.047 513 3.556 596 4.065 348 2.544 431 3.053 514 3.562 597 4.071 349 2.551 432 3.059 515 3.568 598 4.077 350 2.557 433 3.066 516 3.574 599 4.083 351 2.563 434 3.072 517 3.580 600 4.089 352 2.569 435 3.078 518 3.587 601 4.095 353 2.575 436 3.084 519 3.593 602 4.102 354 2.581 437 3.090 520 3.599 603 4.108 355 2.587 438 3.096 521 3.605 604 4.114 356 2.593 439 3.102 522 3.611 605 4.120 357 2.600 440 3.108 523 3.617 606 4.126 358 2.606 441 3.115 524 3.623 607 4.132 359 2.612 442 3.121 525 3.629 608 4.138 360 2.618 443 3.127 526 3.636 609 4.144 361 2.624 444 3.133 527 3.642 610 4.151 362 2.630 445 3.139 528 3.648 611 4.157 363 2.636 446 3.145 529 3.654 612 4.163 364 2.643 447 3.151 530 3.660 613 4.169 365 2.649 448 3.157 531 3.666 614 4.175 366 2.655 449 3.164 532 3.672 615 4.181 367 2.661 450 3.170 533 3.679 616 4.187 368 2.667 451 3.176 534 3.685 617 4.193 369 2.673 452 3.182 535 3.691 618 4.200 370 2.679 453 3.188 536 3.697 619 4.206 371 2.685 454 3.194 537 3.703 620 4.212 372 2.692 455 3.200 538 3.709 621 4.218 373 2.698 456 3.206 539 3.715 622 4.224 374 2.704 457 3.213 540 3.721 623 4.230 375 2.710 458 3.219 541 3.728 624 4.236 376 2.716 459 3.225 542 3.734 625 4.243 377 2.722 460 3.231 543 3.740 626 4.249 378 2.728 461 3.237 544 3.746 627 4.255 379 2.734 462 3.243 545 3.752 628 4.261 380 2.741 463 3.249 546 3.758 629 4.267 381 2.747 464 3.256 547 3.764 630 4.273 382 2.753 465 3.262 548 3.770 631 4.279 383 2.759 466 3.268 549 3.777 632 4.285 384 2.765 467 3.274 550 3.783 633 4.292 385 2.771 468 3.280 551 3.789 634 4.298 386 2.777 469 3.286 552 3.795 635 4.304 387 2.784 470 3.292 553 3.801 636 4.310 388 2.790 471 3.298 554 3.807 637 4.316 389 2.796 472 3.305 555 3.813 638 4.322 390 2.802 473 3.311 556 3.820 639 4.328 391 2.808 474 3.317 557 3.826 640 4.334 392 2.814 475 3.323 558 3.832 641 4.341 393 2.820 476 3.329 559 3.838 642 4.347 394 2.826 477 3.335 560 3.844 643 4.353 395 2.833 478 3.341 561 3.850 644 4.359 396 2.839 479 3.347 562 3.856 645 4.365 397 2.845 480 3.354 563 3.862 646 4.371 398 2.851 481 3.360 564 3.869 647 4.377 399 2.857 482 3.366 565 3.875 648 4.384 400 2.863 483 3.372 566 3.881 649 4.390 401 2.869 484 3.378 567 3.887 650 4.396 402 2.875 485 3.384 568 3.893 651 4.402 403 2.882 486 3.390 569 3.899 652 4.408 404 2.888 487 3.397 570 3.905 653 4.414 405 2.894 488 3.403 571 3.911 654 4.420 406 2.900 489 3.409 572 3.918 655 4.426 407 2.906 490 3.415 573 3.924 656 4.433 408 2.912 491 3.421 574 3.930 657 4.439 409 2.918 492 3.427 575 3.936 658 4.445 410 2.925 493 3.433 576 3.942 659 4.451 411 2.931 494 3.439 577 3.948 660 4.457 412 2.937 495 3.446 578 3.954 661 4.463 413 2.943 496 3.452 579 3.961 662 4.469 414 2.949 497 3.458 580 3.967 663 4.475 415 2.955 498 3.464 581 3.973 664 4.482 416 2.961 499 3.470 582 3.979 665 4.488 417 2.967 500 3.476 583 3.985 666 4.494 418 2.974 501 3.482 584 3.991 667 4.500 419 2.980 502 3.488 585 3.997 420 2.986 503 3.495 586 4.003
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
PRESSURE
(psig)
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
PRESSURE
(psig)
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
PRESSURE
(psig)
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
45
Page 46
MAJOR SYSTEM COMPONENTS
General
The 48/50FC and 48/50GC single packa ge rooftop units are availabl e with the factory--installed optional SystemVut electronic control
system that monitors all operations of the rooftop. The control system is composed of se veral main control components and available factory-installed options or field-installed accessories as listed in sections below. See Fig. 21 -- 28 for examples of typica l control and power schematics.
Fig. 21 -- 48FC 04--06 SystemVut Control Schematic
46
a48--- 10322
Page 47
Fig. 22 -- 48FC 07 and 48GC 04--06 SystemVut Control Schematic
47
a48--- 10323
Page 48
Fig. 23 -- 50FC 04--06 SystemVut Control Schematic
48
a50--- 10506
Page 49
Fig. 24 -- 50FC 07 and 50GC 04--06 SystemVut Control Schematic
49
a50--- 10507
Page 50
Fig. 25 -- 48FC 04--07 SystemVut Power Schematic (208/230V-- 3--60 unit shown)
50
a48--- 10324
Page 51
Fig. 26 -- 48GC 04 --06 SystemVut Power Schematic (208/230V--3--60 unit shown)
51
a48--- 10325
Page 52
Fig. 27 -- 50FC 04--07 SystemVut Power Schematic (208/230V-- 3--60 unit shown)
52
a48--- 10508
Page 53
Fig. 28 -- 50GC 04 --06 SystemVut Power Schematic (208/230V--3--60 unit shown)
53
a48--- 10509
Page 54
Main Base Board (MBB)
See Fig. 29 and Table 23. The majority of the I/O is connected to the MBB which executes the controls operation of the unit from the software that is loaded onto it.
J2
J1
J3A J3B J3C J3D J3E J4 J5 J6 J7
J8 J9
TB5
J10
J11
J12
J13
J14
TB4J15J16J17J20J18TB3TB2TB1
C150161
Fig. 29 -- Main Base Board (MBB)
54
Page 55
Table 23 – Main Base Board (MBB) Connections
DISPLAY NAME SENSOR LOCATION I/O TYPE POINT NAME
INPUTS
Input power from TRAN2 Control Box 24 VAC J2, 1 and 8
COFS Dain Pan 24 VAC COFS J4 , 1 --- 4
FIRE SHUTDOWN Supply/Return/Space Switch input FIREDOWN J 5 , 1 --- 4
IGC FAN REQUEST Gas section Switch input IGC_IFO J 6 , 1 --- 2
IAQ LEVEL Return/Space 0 --- 2 0 m A IAQ J7,1,5---6
OARH LEVEL Economizer 0 --- 2 0 m A OARH J7,2,6---7
ECON ACT POSITION Economizer 2 --- 1 0 v d c DAMPPOS J7,3,8
FAN SUPPLY TEMP Indoor fan deck 10k thermistor FST J8,1,4
RETURN AIR TEMP Return 10k thermistor RAT J8,2,5
OUTDOOR AIR TEMP Outdoor coil 10k thermistor OAT J8,3,6
CIR.A SUC. PRESS Circuit A Suction pipe 0--- 5 VDC pressure transducer SSP_A J 9 , 1 --- 2 , 5
CIR.A DIS. PRESS Circuit A Discharge pipe 0 --- 5 VDC pressure transducer SDP_ A J 9 , 4 --- 3 , 6
Configurable 0 --- 2 0 m A T B 5 , 4 --- 6
SLIDER OFFSET VAL Space 10k thermistor SPTO T B 5 , 2 --- 3
SPACE TEMPERATURE Space 10k thermistor SPACE_T T B 5 , 1 --- 2
CIR.A HPS Circuit A Discharge pipe Switch Input CIRA_HPS QC, 1--- 2J18, 1, 3
IDF LIMIT SWITCH Indoor Fan Switch Input IDF_ LSM QC, 3--- 4J18, 2,4
FILTER STATUS SW FIOP/Field--- installed Switch Input FILTSAT T B 3 , 1 --- 2
Configurable F i e l d --- i n st a l l e d Switch Input T B 3 , 3 --- 4
PHASE MONITOR SW Control Box Sw itch Input PWR_STAT T B 3 , 5 --- 6
TSTAT G INPUT Spa ce Switch Input G TB1, G
TSTAT Y1 INPUT Space Sw itch Input Y1 TB1, Y1
TSTAT Y2 INPUT Space Sw itch Input Y2 TB1, Y2
HUMIDISTAT F i e l d --- i n s t a l l e d Switch Input HUMDSTAT TB1, Y3
TSTAT W1 INPUT Space Switch Input W1 TB1 , W1
TSTAT W2 INPUT Space Switch Input W2 TB1 , W2
OUTPUTS
Optional power out Not Used 24 VAC J 1 , 1 --- 2
ECON CMD POSITION 0 --- 2 0 m A DAMPCMD J7,4,8
COMMANDED IDF RPM Indoor fan section PWM1 FSPD_RPM J 10, 1 --- 4
not used PWM2 J11, 1 --- 4
not used PWM3 J12, 1 --- 4
ALARM RELAY Relay 11 ALMOUT T B 2 , 3 --- 4
ODF SPEED RELAY No t Used Relay 10 OFR J3A, 1, 3
COMP A LOADER Not Used Relay 9 COMP_ALD J3A, 2, 4
CCH RELAY Not Used Relay 8 CCHR1 J3B, 1, 3
COMPRESSOR A1 Not Used Relay 7 COMP_A1 J3B, 2, 4
PE1 RELAY Relay 6 PE1 J 3 C , 1 --- 4
RH DISCH VALVE Relay 5 RDV_A J3D, 1, 4
RH LIQUID VALVE Relay 4 RLV_A J3D, 2, 5
COOL LIQUID VALVE Relay 3 CLV_A J3D, 3, 6
HEAT 2 RELAY Relay HEAT_2 J3E, 1, 3
HEAT 1 RELAY Relay HEAT_1 J3E, 2, 4
COMMUNICATION
Building Automated System (BAS) Building Communicat ion TB 4 , 1 --- 5
Ethernet Not Used Communicat ion J13, J14
Expansion LEN Bus Not Used Communication J15, 1 --- 4
Expansion LEN Bus Not Used Communication J16, 1 --- 4
Local Equipment Network (LEN) Communication J17
RNET Sensors Building Communicat ion J20, 1---4
Display Copper Cable Communication J23
RNET Service Access Communication J24, 1--- 5
DISPLAY CONNECTIONS
Display Copper Cable Communication J1
Local Equipment Network (LEN) Communication J2
U S B --- A Communicat ion J3
U S B --- B Not Used Communication J4
Keypad Ribbon Cable Communication J6
CONNECTION PIN
NUMBER
55
Page 56
Integrated Gas Control (IGC) Board
The IGC is provided on gas heat units. The IGC controls the direct spark ignition system and monitors the rollout switch, limit switch, and flue gas pressure switch.
a48--- 10376
Fig. 30 -- Integrated Gas Control (IGC) Board
Table 24 – Integrated Gas Control (IGC) Board Connections
TERMINAL
LABEL
24VAC, C Power for IDR on 575v units control box 24 VAC Quick Connects
C Input power common TB4 to IGC 24 VAC P2, 1
R Input power from TRAN 1 TB4 to IGC 24 VAC P2, 6
L1 High voltage supply or 24vac control box 208/230v, 460v, or 24vac Quick Connect
FS Flame sensor gas section switch input Quick Connect
W Heat stage 1 Call MBB to IGC 24 VAC P2, 3
G Indoor Fan Call not used 24 VAC P2, 4
RS Rollout switch gas section switch input P1 , 3 --- 4
LS Limit switch gas section switch input P1, 1 and 8
PS Pressure Differential switch gas section switch input P 1 , 6 --- 7
FOD Fan Off De lay jumpe r control box jumper P3
CM Induced draft combustion motor or IDR gas section line VAC or 24vac Quick Connect
T1 Ignition Spark gas section high voltage spark Quick Connect
IFO Indoor fan request control box relay P2, 5
C Common for Ga s Valve gas section 24 VAC P1, 2
GV (W1) Gas valve (heat stage 1) gas section relay P1, 5
GV (W2) Gas Valve (heat stage 2, from MBB) gas section Not o n IGC
POINT DE SCRIPTION SENSOR LOCATION TYPE OF I/O
INPUTS
OUTPUTS
CONNECTION
PIN NUMBER
56
Page 57
Protective Devices
Compressor Protection
Overcurrent
Each compressor has internal line break motor protection.
Overtemperature
Each compressor has an internal protector to protect it against excessively high discharge gas temperatures.
High--Pressure Switch
If the high-pressure switch trips, the compressor will shut down and the Circuit A High Pressure Alert will activate. Refer to the alarm section for the High pressure alert.
Evaporator Fan Motor Protection
The ECM motor is protected from locked rotor and over-current protection through the electronic control module attached to the motor.
Condenser Fan Motor Protection
The motor is internally protected against overload.
Saturated Suction Pressure (SSP)
If the SSP for a parti cular circuit is readi ng below the alarm set point for an extended period of time, that circuit will be shut down. After 15 minutes, the alarm will automatically reset. If this alarm occurs 3 times consecutively, the circuit will remain locked out until an alarm reset is initiated via CCN or manually via the SystemVut controller display (see Alarms and Alerts section for more details).
Condensate Overflow Switch (COFS)
A separate factory installed device can detect a full drain pan. This device consists of a pan sensor to detect the water level and a relay control switch to read the sensor. The control switch is located in the supply fan section and feeds into the SystemVu control to trip a
condensate overflow fault. The relay switch is a normally open device that closes when power is applied. If the sensor detects high water levels for 10 seconds straight, it will open the contact removing the input provided to the SystemVu control. The switch will also turn its red LED on. If the water level is low enough for 5 minutes the relay will close again applying the input back to the SystemVu controller. A blinking red LED on the switch indicates that the sensor has been disconnected.
Space Mounted Sensors
Space Temperature Sensor (T--55)
The T-55 space temperature sensor (part no. 33ZCT55SPT) is a field-installed accessory. The sensor is installed on a building interior wall to measure room air temperature. The T-55 sensor also includes an override button on the front cover to permit occupants to override the Unoccupied Schedule (if programmed).
TB5--1 Sensor Input.............
TB5--2 Sensor Common.............
Space Temperature Sensor (T--56)
The T-56 space temperature sensor (part no. 33ZCT56SPT) is a field-installed accessory. This sensor includes a sliding scale on the front cover that permits an occupant to adjust the space temperature set point remotely. The T-56 sensor also includes an override button on the front cover to allow occupants to override the unoccupied schedule (if programmed).
TB5--1 Sensor Input...........
TB5--2 Sensor Common...........
TB5--3 Setpoint Offset Input...........
Space Temperature Sensor Averaging
See Fig. 31 for space temperature averaging with T-55 sensors only. If the use of one T-56 sensor is required, refer to Fig. 32.
57
Page 58
RED
BLK
RED
BLK
TB1-T55
1
2
TO MAIN BASE BOARD
TB1-T55
1
2
TO MAIN BASE BOARD
RED
BLK
LEGEND
TB -- Terminal Block ______ -- Factory Wiring _ _ _ _ -- Field Wiring
RED
BLK
SENSOR 1 SENSOR 2 SENSOR 3 SENSOR 4
RED
BLK
SPACE TEMPERATURE AVERAGING --4 T-55 SENSOR APPLICATION
RED
BLK
BLK
SENSOR 1
RED
RED
BLK
SENSOR 2
RED
BLK
RED
BLK
RED
BLK
SENSOR 3
TB1-T55
1
2
TO MAIN
BASE
BOARD
RED
BLK
SENSOR 6SENSOR 5
BLK
SENSOR 4
RED
RED
BLK
RED
BLK
SENSOR 8SENSOR 7 SENSOR 9
SPACE TEMPERATURE AVERAGING --9 T-55 SENSOR APPLICATION
Fig. 31 -- Space Temperature Sensor Averaging
RED
BLK
RED
BLK
RED
BLK
RED
BLK
C07032
TB1-T55
3
TO MAIN
BASE
BOARD
T-55 SENSOR 1 T-55 SENSOR 2 T-55 SENSOR 3 T-56 SENSOR 4
WHT
C07033
Fig. 32 -- Space Temperature Sensor Averaging with 3 T--55 Sensors and One T--56 Sensor
58
Page 59
Carrier Comfort NetworkR(CCN) Interface
The units can be connected to the CCN if desired. The communication bus wiring is a shielded, 3-conductor cable with drain wire and is field supplied and installed. The system elements are connected to the communication bus in a daisy chain arrangement. (See Fig. 33.) The positive pin of each system element communication connector must be wired to the positive pins of the system elements on either side of it. This is also required for the negative and signal ground pins of each system element. Wiring connections for CCN should be made at the CIB. (See Fig. 22 and 23.) Consult the CCN Contractor’s Manual for further information.
NOTE: Conductors and drain wire must be 20 AWG (American Wire Gauge) minimum stranded, tinned copper. Individual conductors must be insulated with PVC, PVC/nylon, vinyl, Teflon*, or polyethylene. An aluminum/polyester 100% foil shield and an outer jacket of PVC, PVC/nylon, chrome vinyl, or Teflon with a minimum operating temperature range of –20_Cto60_Cis required. See Table below for acceptable wiring.
MANUFACTURER PART NO.
Alpha 2413 or 5463
Belden 8772
Carol C2528
West Penn 302
It is important when connecting to a CCN communication bus that a color-coding scheme be used for the entire network to simplify the installation. It is recommended that red be used for the signal positive, black for the signal negative and white for the signal ground. Use a similar scheme for cables containing different colored wires.
At each system element, the shields of its communication bus cables must be tied together. The shield screw on CIB can be used to tie the cables together. If the communication bus is entirely within one building, the resulting continuous shield must be connected to a ground at one point only. The shield screw on CIB is not acceptable for grounding. If the communication bus cable exits from one building and enters another, the shields must be connected to grounds at the lightning suppressor in each building where the cable enters or exits the building (one point per building only).
To connect the unit to the network:
1. Turn off power to the control box.
2. Cut the CCN wire and strip the ends of the red (+), white (ground), and black (–) conductors. (Substitute appropriate colors for different colored cables.)
3. Connect the red wire to (+) terminal on CIB, the white wire to COM terminal, and the black wire to the (–) terminal.
4. The RJ14 CCN connector on CIB can also be used, but is only intended for temporary connection (for example, a laptop computer running Carrier network software).
5. Restore power to unit.
IMPORTANT: A shorted CCN bus cable will prevent some routines from running and may prevent the unit from starting. If abnormal conditions occur, unplug the connector. If conditions return to normal, check the CCN connector and cable. Run new cable if necessary. A short in one section of the bus can cause problems with all system elements on the bus.
*Teflon is a registered trademark of DuPont.
59
Page 60
CCN BUS
BUILDING SUPERVISOR
REMOTE CCN SITE
NETWORK
OPTIONS
AUTODIAL GATEWAY
TERMINAL
SYSTEM
MANAGER
CL
CL
ROOFTOP
UNIT
ROOFTOP
UNIT
CL
ROOFTOP
UNIT
HEATING/COOLING UNITS
TCU
DAV AI R
TERMINAL
TCU
DAV AIR
TERMINAL
CL
CL
ROOFTOP
UNIT
ROOFTOP
UNIT
TCU
CCN -- Carrier Comfort Network
LEGEND
CL -- ComfortLink Controls DAV -- Digital Air Volume HVAC -- Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditoning TCU -- Terminal Control Unit
TO ADDITIONAL TERMINALS
DAV FAN POWERED MIXING BOX
®
NON CARRIER
HVAC
EQUIPMENT
COMFORT
CONTROLLER
AIR DISTRIBUTION-DIGITAL AIR VOLUME CONTROL (DAV)
C07030
Fig. 33 -- CCN System Architecture
60
Page 61
APPENDIX A: SystemVut Controller Display
Run Status Main Menu Layout
DISPLAY TEXT EXPANDED DISPLAY TEXT VALUES UNITS WRITE STATUS POINT
SHUTDOWN UNIT? Local Unit Shutdown Req. Ye s/N o Command LO CSHUT
RUN STATUS Run Status Menu
MODE Mode St atus Menu
MODE Operating Mode see Appendix B MODETEXT
S U B --- M O D E O p e r a t i n g S u b --- M o d e see Appendix B SUBMTEXT
DEMAND System Demand see Appendix B SYS_DMDT
LINKAGE ACTIVE Linkage Active Yes / No LNK_ACT
EFF COOL SETPOINT Cool Setpoint In Effect xx.x °F CSP_EFF
EFF HEAT SETPOINT Heat Setpoint In Effect xx.x °F HSP_EFF
DEMAND CTRL TEMP Effective Demand Temp xxx.x °F TEMP_EFF
OCC SPRH SETPOINT Occupied SPRH Setpoint xxx.x % SPRH_OSP
UNOCC SPRH SP Unoccupied SPRH Setpoint xxx.x % SPRH_USP
COOL MODE T.GUARD Cool Mode Select T.guard xxx sec COOLMSTG
HEAT MODE T.GUARD Heat Mode Select T.guard xxx sec HEATMSTG
COOLING DEMAND Space Cooling Demand xx.x ΔF COOL_DMD
COOL DEMAND TREND Cooling Demand Trend xx.x CLDTREND
HEATING DEMAND Heating Space Demand xx.x Δ F HEAT_DMD
HEAT DEMAND TREND Heat Space Demand Trend xx.x HTDTREND
DMD LIMIT STATUS DEMAND LIMIT STATUS
COOL DMD LIM OFF Cool Demand Limiting Ye s/ N o CDMLMOFF
HEAT DMD LIM OFF Heat Demand Limiting Yes / No HDMLMOFF
COOL DMD LIM LEV Cool demand Limit Level 0to3 CDMDLLEV
HEAT DMD LIM LEV Heat demand Limit Level 0to3 HDMELLEV
CL DMD LIM OFFSET Cool Demand limit offset xx.x °F COOLDLMO
HT DMD LIM OFFSET Heat Demand limit offset xx.x °F HEATDLMO
COOL Cooling Status Menu
COMMANDED IDF RPM IDF Commanded RPM 0 to 3000 RPM FSPD_RPM
ACTIVE COOL STAGE Actual Cool Stage Active x ACTCSTGS
ECON CMD POSITION Econo Commanded Position 0 to 100 % Forcible DAMPCMD
REQ. DEHUM LEVEL Requested Dehum Level 0=Normal,
MECHANICAL COOLING Mechanical Cooling Detail Sub--- Menu
OK TO MECH COOL Ok to use compressors? Yes / No OKMECHCL
MECH COOL ACTIVE Mechanical Cool active? Yes/ No MECHCOOL
MAX COOL STAGES Max Allowed Cool Stages 0to3 Forcible MAXCSTGS
REQ. COOL STAGES Requested Cooling Stages 0to3 REQCSTGS
ACTIVE COOL STAGE Actual Cool Stage Active x ACTCSTGS
ODF STATE ODF State 0=OFF,
COMP A1 TIMEGUARD Compressor A1 Timeguard xxx sec TIMGD_A1
CMP LDR TIMEGUARD Comp A1 Loader Timeguard xxx sec TIMG_ALD
SUPPLY AIR TREND Supply Air Temp Trend xxx.x SATTREND
COMP A1 STRIKES Compressor A1 strikes x A1STRIKE
HI PRESS OVERRIDE High Pressure Override Yes/ No HP_OVR
CIRCUIT A LOCKOUT Circuit A Locked Out Yes/N o CIRALOCK
LOW COOL LOCKOUT Low cooling locked out Yes/ No LC_LOCK
COMP A1 AVAILABLE Compressor A1 Available Ye s / No CA1_AVAL
COMP A1 LOCKOUT Compressor A1 Locked Out Yes / No CA1_ LOCK
FREE COOLING Free Cooling Detail Sub---menu
OK TO FREE COOL OKtoUseFreeCooling? Yes/ No OKFREECL
IN FREE COOLING Free Cooling active Ye s/N o FREECOOL
FREECOOL SAT SP Free Cooling SAT Setpnt xx.x °F FC_SATSP
REQ. DAMPER POS Requested Damper Pos 0 to 100 % REQDAMP
ECON OPERATIONAL? Econ Damper Operational Yes /No DAMPGOOD
DRY BULB LOCKOUT Dry Bulb Lockout Ye s / No Forci ble DBLOCK
ENTHALPY LOCKOUT Enthalpy Lockout Ye s/ N o Fo rcib le ENTHLOCK
OK TO UNOCC FC? Ok to Unocc Free Cool? Yes/ No OKTOUFC
IN UNOC FREECOOL? Unocc Free Cool Active Ye s/N o UFC_ACT
UFC LOCKOUT? Unocc Free Cool Lockout Ye s/N o UNOCLOCK
1 = Subcool, 2=Reheat,
1=ON, 2=LOW, 3=HIGH
REQDHLEV
ODFSTATE
61
Page 62
APPENDIX A: SystemVut Controller Display
Run Status Main Menu Layout (cont)
DISPLAY TEXT EXPANDED DISPLAY TEXT VALUES UNITS WRITE STATUS POINT
COOL (cont) Cooling Status Menu
DEHUMIDIFICATION DEHUMIDIFICATION
OK TO DEHUM Ok to Dehumidify Yes/N o OKTODHUM
OK TO USE FBD Ok to use Fan Dehum Ye s /N o OKTOFBD
OK TO REHEAT Ok to use H umidimizer Yes/N o OKTOHUMZ
REQ. DEHUM STGS Req Compr DehumStgs 0to3 REQDSTGS
FBD SST LOCK OUT FBDH SST Lockout Ye s /No FBDSSTLO
FBD SAT LOCK OUT FBDH SAT Lockout Ye s /N o FBDSATLO
HEAT Heating Status Menu
COMMANDED IDF RPM IDF Commanded RPM 0 to 3000 RPM FSPD_RPM
IGC FAN REQUEST IG C Fan On Request (IFO) On/Off IGC_IFO
REQ. HEAT STAGES Requested Heating Stages 0to2 REQHSTGS
ACTIVE HEAT STAGE Actual Heat Stage Active x ACTHSTGS
OK TO USE H EAT OK t o Run Heat Yes/N o OKTOHEAT
MAX HEAT STAGES Max Allowed Heat Stages 0to2 Forcib le MAXHSTGS
HEAT 1 TIMEGUARD Heat Stage 1 Timeguard xxx sec TIMGD_H1
HEAT 2 TIMEGUARD Heat Stage 2 Timeguard xxx sec TIMGD_H2
SUPPLY AIR TREND Supply Air Temp Trend xxx.x SATTREND
HEAT LOCKOUT All Heat Stages Lockout Yes / No Forcible ALLHTLOC
HEAT 1 AVAILABLE Heat Stage 1 Available Yes /No HT1_AVAL
HEAT 2 AVAILABLE Heat Stage 2 Available Yes /No HT2_AVAL
OK TO SA TEMPER OK to SupplyAirTempering Ye s /No OKTOTEMP
VENTILATION Ventilation Status Menu
VENT MODE Ventilation Status see Appendix B VENTTEXT
EFFECTIVE MIN POS MinPositioninEffect 0 to 100 % Forcibl e MIN_POS
ECON ACT POSITION Damper Actual Position 0 to 100 % DAMPPOS
COMMANDED IDF RP IDF Commanded RPM 0 to 3000 RPM FSPD_RPM
OCCUPIED NOW Currently Occupied Yes/N o Forcible OCCUPIED
IN PREOCC PURGE? In Pre --- Occupancy Purge? Yes /N o PREOCCON
IN FREE COOLING Free Cooling active Yes/ No FREECOOL
DIFF AIR QUALITY Differential Air Quality ---5000 to 5000 PPM AQ_DIFF
OK TO PREOC PURGE Ok to Preoccupancy Purge Ye s/N o OKPREOCC
IN IAQ OVERRIDE Is IAQ Override Active? Yes /N o IAQ_OVRD
DCV CURVE OFFSET IAQ DCV Curve Offset 0 to 100 % IAQ_OFFS
INDOOR FAN Indoor Fan Status Menu
COMMANDED IDF RPM IDF Commanded RPM 0 to 3000 RPM FSPD_RPM
IDF SPD OVERRIDE IDF Speed Override Flag On/Off FA N_OVRD
FAULT ON ERROR Shut Down on IDF Failure Ye s/ N o Configurable FATALFAN
IDF ERROR STATUS IDF Operation Errors? Ye s /No IDFBAD
IDF SPD REDUCTION IDF Speed Reduction On Yes/N o FANRED1 0
GENERAL General Run Da ta Menu
FILTER TIME LEFT Filter hour remaining xxxx hrs FILTLEFT
RESET FILTER TIME Reset Filter Timer Yes/N o Command RESETFLT
IN DAYLIGHT SAVE? DST currently active Yes/N o DST_ACTV
TCS ACTIVE? Temp Compensate Start On Yes / No TCS_ ACT
OCCUPANCY OCCUPANCY DATA
OCCUPIED NOW Currently Occupied Yes/N o Forcible OCCUPIED
MINS UNTIL OCC Mins until next occupied x --- 1 to 10080 min MINTILOC
ACTIVE OCC CTRL Active Occupancy control 0=24/7 OCC,
LINKAGE OCC REQ Linkage Occupied Request 0=Unocc,
TIMEDOVRDREMAIN Timed Override Remaining 0 to 240 min Forcible OVR_EXT
REMOTE OCC SWITCH Remote Occupancy Switch On/Off Forcible REMOCC
BMS OCC REQUEST BMS Occupancy Request 0=UNOCC,
LOCAL OCC REQUEST Local Sched Occ Request 0=Unocc,
ACTIVE PERIOD Active Schedule period 0to8 PER_NO
HOLIDAY TOMORROW? Tomorrow Is A Holiday Ye s/N o HOL_TMRW
HOLIDAY TODAY? Today Is A Holiday Yes /No HOLTODAY
1=SCHEDULE, 2=BAS CTRL, 3=REMOC CTL, 4=TIME OVRD, 5=LINKAGE, 6=FORCED
1=Occupied, 2=Disabled
1=OCCUPIED, 2=DISABLED
1=Occupied
Forcible LNK_OCC
Forcible BMS_OCC
Forcible LOC_ OCC
OCC_CTRL
62
Page 63
APPENDIX A: SystemVut Controller Display
Run Status Main Menu Layout (cont)
DISPLAY TEXT EXPANDED DISPLAY TEXT VALUES UNITS WRITE STATUS POINT
OCCUPANCY (cont) OCCUP ANCY DATA
NEXT OCC DAY Next Occupied Day DDD NXTOCDAY
NEXT OCC TIME Next Occupied Time hh:mm min NXTOCTIM
NEXT UNOCC DAY Next Unoccupied Day DDD NXTUNDAY
NEXT UNOCC TIME Next Unoccupied Time hh:mm min NXTUNTIM
PREV UNOCC DAY Previous Unoccupied Day DDD PRVUNDAY
PREV UNOCC TIME Previous Unoccupied Time hh:mm min PRVUNTIM
Settings Main Menu Layout
DISPLAY TEXT EXPANDED DISPLAY TEXT VALUES UNITS DEFAULT POINT
SETTINGS Settings Menu
SPACE SET POINTS Space Setpoints Adjustment Menu
OCC COOL SETPOINT Occupied Cool Setpoint 55 to 80 °F 78 OCSP
OCC HEAT SETPOINT Occupied Heat Setpoint 55 to 80 °F 68 OH SP
UNOCC COOL SETPNT Unoccupied Cool Setpoint 65 to 95 °F 85 UCSP
UNOCC HEAT SETPNT Unoccupied Heat Setpoint 40 to 80 °F 60 UHSP
H E AT --- C O O L S P G A P Heat ---Cool Setpoint Gap 2to10 °F 5 HC SP_GAP
SPT SLIDER RANGE SPT Offset Range (+/ --- ) 0to5 °F 5 SPTO_RNG
OCC SPRH SETPOINT Occupied SPRH Setpoint 0 to 100 % 50 SPRH_OSP
UNOCC SPRH SET PT Unoccupied SPRH Setpoint 0 to 100 % 80 SPRH_ USP
SPRH RH DEADBAND Space RH Deadband 2to20 % 8 SPRH_DB
SA TEMPERING SP SA tempering Set point 30 to 80 °F 55 SATEMPSP
TEMP DEMAND CONFIG Temperature Demand Configuration menu
LOW COOL DMD ON Low Cool Demand On --- 1 t o 2 °F 0.5 DMDLCON
HIGH COOL DMD ON High Cool Demand On 0.5 to 20 °F 1.5 DMDHCON
LOW COOL DMD OFF Low Cool Demand Off --- 1 t o 2 °F --- 0 . 5 DMDLCOFF
COOL DMD LEVEL UP Cool Demand Level Up --- 2 t o 2 °F --- 0 . 2 CDMD_LUP
LOW HEAT DMD O N Low Heat Demand On --- 1 t o 2 °F 0.5 DMDLHON
HIGH HEAT DMD ON High Heat Demand On 0.5 to 20 °F 2 DMDHHON
LOW HEAT DMD O FF Low Heat Demand Off --- 1 t o 2 °F --- 0 . 5 DMDLHOFF
HEAT DMD LEVEL UP Heat Demand Level Up --- 2 t o 2 °F --- 0 . 2 HDMD_LUP
DEMAND TIMEGUARD1 Space Demand Time Guard1 60 to 600 sec 120 TDMD_TG 1
DEMAND TIMEGUARD2 Space Demand Time Guard2 0 to 600 sec 240 TDMD_ TG2
DEMAND TIMEGUARD3 Space Demand Time Guard3 5 to 120 min 10 TDMD_TG3
DMD LIMIT CONFIG DEMAND LIMIT CONFIG
COOL DMD LIM LEV1 COOL DMD Offset level 1 0to99 °F 1 CLDOLEV1
COOL DMD LIM LEV2 COOL DMD Offset level 2 0to99 °F 3 CLDOLEV2
COOL DMD LIM LEV3 COOL DMD Offset level 3 0to99 °F 5 CLDOLEV3
HEAT DMD LIM LEV1 Heat DMD Offset level 1 0to99 °F 1 HTDOLEV1
HEAT DMD LIM LEV2 Heat DMD Offset level 2 0to99 °F 3 HTDOLEV2
HEAT DMD LIM LEV3 Heat DMD Offset level 3 0to99 °F 5 HTDOLEV3
CLOCK Clock Adjustment Menu
TIME Clock Hour and Minute xx:xx hh.mm TIME
DATE Current Date MM/DD/YYYY DATE
DAYLIGHT SAVINGS Daylight Savings Configuratio n Menu
DAYLIGHT SAVINGS? DST allowed? Enable/Disable 1 DST_CFG
DST START MONTH DST Start Month 1=JANUARY,
DST START WEEK DST Start Week 1to5 2 STARTW
DST START DAY DST Start Day 1=MONDAY,
DST MINS TO ADD DST Minutes to Add 0to90 min 60 MINADD
2=FEBRUARY, 3=MARCH, 4=APRIL, 5=MAY, 6=JUNE, 7=JULY, 8=AUGUST, 9=SEPTEMBER, 10=OCTOBER, 11=NOVEMBER, 12=DECEMBER
2=TUESDAY, 3=WEDNESDAY, 4=THURSDAY, 5=FRIDAY, 6=SATURDAY, 7=SUNDAY
3 STARTM
7 STARTD
63
Page 64
APPENDIX A: SystemVut Controller Display
Settings Main Menu Layout (cont)
DISPLAY TEXT EXPANDED DISPLAY TEXT VALUES UNITS DEFAULT POINT
CLOCK (cont) Clock Adjustment Menu
DST STOP MONTH DST Stop Month 1=JANUARY,
DST STOP WEEK DST Stop Week 1to5 1 STOPW
DST STOP DAY DST Stop Day 1=MONDAY,
DST MINS TO SUB DST Minutes to Subtract 0to90 min 60 MINSUB
START TIME IN DAY Time in day to start DST 0 to 600 min 120 DST_TOD
SCHEDULES Schedules Adjustment Menu
SCHEDULE NUMBER CCN Schedule Number 0 = Always Occupied,
OCCUPANCY SCHEDULE OCCUPANCY SCHEDULE DATA
Holiday adjustment Menu Holiday adjustment Menu
ALLOW G. HOLIDAY? Accept Global Holidays? Ye s /N o No HOLIDAYT
TIMED OVR LENGTH Timed Override Duration 0to4 hrs 4 OTL_CFG
CAN CANCEL T.OVR Allow SPT Ovrd Cancel Yes/ No No CLROVCFG
UNIT CONFIGURATIONS Unit Configurations Menu
GENERAL General Unit Configurations Menu
STARTUP DELAY Unit Startup Delay 10 to 600 sec 30 STARTDLY
UNIT CONTROL TYPE Unit Control Type 0=TSTAT,
THERMOSTAT TYPE Thermostat Hardware Type 0=CONV 2C2H,
VENT METHOD Ventilation Method 0=NONE,
2POS/ERV CHANNEL 2 --- Pos Dampe r/ERV Channel 0=NONE,
ADAPTIVE TSTAT Tstat Adaptive Staging Yes/ No Yes ADPTSTAT
DIRTY FILTER TIME Change Filter Timer 0 t o 9999 hrs 600 FILTLIFE
TEST MODE TIMEOUT Test inactivity time out 0=Disabled,
CCH MAX TEMP CCH Max Temperature 40 to 90 °F 65 CCHMAXT
STD BARO PRESSURE Std Barometric Pressure 13 to 35 Hg 29.92 STD_BARP
LINK STAGEUP TIME Linkage Stage inc. time 60 to 600 sec 180 LSTAGINC
UNIT’S MAX SAT Unit’s Maximum SAT 130 to 210 °F 200 UMAX_SAT
AUTO SAT FAULTS? Auto Clr SAT Limit Fault Yes/ No No SATLACLR
ADAPTIVE TCS? Adaptive Temp Comp Start Enable/Disable Enable TCS_CFG
USER TCS BIASTIME User TC S Start Bias Time 0 to 180 min 0 TC SUBIAS
SWITCH INPUTS CONFIGS DI Config Menu
FIRE SHUTDOWN SW Fire Shutdown Switch 0=NORM OPEN,
HUMSTAT CHANNEL Humidistat Status Chan. 0=None,
HUMSTAT SW TYPE Humidistat Switch Type 0=NORM OPEN,
2=FEBRUARY, 3=MARCH, 4=APRIL, 5=MAY, 6=JUNE, 7=JULY, 8=AUGUST, 9=SEPTEMBER, 10=OCTOBER, 11=NOVEMBER, 12=DECEMBER
2=TUESDAY, 3=WEDNESDAY, 4=THURSDAY, 5=FRIDAY, 6=SATURDAY, 7=SUNDAY
1 --- 6 4 = L o c a l S c h e d u l e , 65---99 = Global Schedule
1=SPACE SEN, 2=RAT SEN
1=DIGI 2C2H, 2=CONV 3C2H, 3=DIGI 3C2H
1=ECON, 2=2POS DMPR, 3=ERV, 4=ECON ERV
1=MBB RLY11, 2=MBB RLY06,
1=30 minutes, 2=1 hour, 3=2 hours, 4=4 hours, 5=8 hours, 6=12 hours
1=NORM CLSD, 2=NO SWITCH
1=MBB DI12, 2=MBB DI13. 3=MBB DI14, 4=MBB DI02, 5=MBB Y3
1=NORM CLSD,
11 STOPM
7 STOPD
0 = Always Occupied SCHEDNUM
0=TSTAT CTRLTYPE
0=CONV 2C2H STATTYPE
0: No FIOP 1: Economizer FIOP 2: Two Position Damper
FIOP
0: No FIOP 2: FIOP
4 TEST_ITO
2: no FIOP 0: FIOP
0 : N o H u m i d i --- M i Z e r
FIOP
5 : H u m i d i --- M i Z e r F I O P
0=NORM OPEN HUMD_CFG
VENTTYPE
EV2PCHAN
FIRE_CFG
HUMDCHAN
64
Page 65
APPENDIX A: SystemVut Controller Display
Settings Main Menu Layout (cont)
DISPLAY TEXT EXPANDED DISPLAY TEXT VALUES UNITS DEFAULT POINT
SWITCH INPUTS CONFIGS (cont) DI Config Menu
FILTER SW CHANNEL Filter Sta tus Sw Channel 0=None,
FILTER SW TYPE Filter Status Swith Type 0=NORM OPEN,
REMOTE OCC CHAN Remote Occupancy Channel 0=None,
REMOTE OCC TYPE Remote Occupancy Sw Type 0=NORM OPEN,
REM.SHUTDOWN CHAN Remote Shutdown Channel 0=None,
REM.SHUTDOWN SW T Remote Shutdown SW Type 0=NORM OPEN,
REM.SHUTDOWN TYPE Remote Shutdown ALM Type 0=Normal,
COFS CHANNEL COFS Assigned Channel 0=None,
COFS TYPE COFS Switch Type 0=NORM OPEN,
GEN STATUS CHAN General Status Channel 0=None,
GEN STAT SW TYPE General Status Sw Type 0=NORM OPEN,
SHUTDOWN GEN STAT Gene ral Sta tus shutdown? Yes /No Yes GENFATAL
ENTHALPY SW CHAN Enthalpy Sw Channel 0=None,
ENTHALPY SW TYPE Enthalpy Switch Type 0=NORM OPEN,
FAN STAT CHANNEL Fan Status Channel 0=None,
FAN STAT SW CFG Fan Status SW Type 0=NORM OPEN,
IAQ OVERIDE SW CH IAQ override sw channel 0=None,
IAQ OVRRD SW TYPE IAQ Override Switch Type 0=NORM OPEN,
PHASE MON CHANNEL Phase Monitor Channel 0=None,
PHASE MON SW TYPE Phase Monitor SW Type 0=NORM OPEN,
1=MBB DI12, 2=MBB DI13, 3=MBB DI14, 4=MBB DI02, 5=MBB Y3
1=NORM CLSD
1=MBB DI12, 2=MBB DI13, 3=MBB DI14, 4=MBB DI02, 5=MBB Y3
1=NORM CLSD
1=MBB DI12, 2=MBB DI13, 3=MBB DI14, 4=MBB DI02, 5=MBB Y3
1=NORM CLSD
1=Emergency
1=MBB DI12, 2=MBB DI13, 3=MBB DI14, 4=MBB DI02, 5=MBB Y3
1=NORM CLSD
1=MBB DI12, 2=MBB DI13, 3=MBB DI14, 4=MBB DI02, 5=MBB Y3
1=NORM CLSD
1=MBB DI12, 2=MBB DI13, 3=MBB DI14, 4=MBB DI02, 5=MBB Y3
1=NORM CLSD
1=MBB DI12, 2=MBB DI13, 3=MBB DI14, 4=MBB DI02, 5=MBB Y3
1=NORM CLSD
1=MBB DI12, 2=MBB DI13, 3=MBB DI14, 4=MBB DI02, 5=MBB Y3
1=NORM CLSD
1=MBB DI12, 2=MBB DI13, 3=MBB DI14, 4=MBB DI02, 5=MBB Y3
1=NORM CLSD
0: No FIOP 1: FIOP
0=NORM OPEN FILT_CFG
0=None RMOCCHAN
0=NORM OPEN RMOC_CFG
0=None ROFFCHAN
0=NORM OPEN ROFF_CFG
0=Normal ROFFTYPE
0: No FIOP 4: FIOP
1=NORM CLSD COFS_CFG
0=None GEN_CHAN
0=NORM OPEN GENS_CFG
0=NONE ENTHCHAN
0=NORM OPEN ENTH_CFG
0=NONE FNSTCHAN
0=NORM OPEN FANSTICFG
0=NONE IAQOCHAN
0=NORM OPEN IAQOSCFG
0: No FIOP 3: FIOP
1=NORM CLSD PMR_CFG
FILTCHAN
COFSCHAN
PMR_CHAN
65
Page 66
APPENDIX A: SystemVut Controller Display
Settings Main Menu Layout (cont)
DISPLAY TEXT EXPANDED DISPLAY TEXT VALUES UNITS DEFAULT POINT
ANALOG INPUT CONFIGS Analo g Inputs Configuration Menu
SPRH SENS CHANNEL SPRH Assigned Channel 0=None,
SPRH RH @ 4MA SPRH Sensor Value at 4mA 0 t o 100 % 0 SPRH_4MA
SPRH RH @ 20MA SPRH Sensor Value @ 20mA 0 to 100 % 100 SPRH20MA
IAQ SENSOR CHAN IAQ Assigned Cha nnel 0=None,
IAQ PPM @ 4MA IAQ Sensor Value at 4mA 0 to 5000 PPM 0 IAQ_4MA
IAQ PPM @ 20MA IAQ Sensor Value at 20mA 0 to 5000 PPM 2000 IAQ_20MA
OAQ SENSOR CHAN OAQ Assigned Channel 0=None,
OAQ PPM @ 4MA OAQ Sensor Value at 4mA 0 to 5000 PPM 0 OAQ_4MA
OAQ PPM @ 20MA OAQ Sensor Value at 20mA 0 to 5000 PPM 2000 OAQ_20MA
OARH SENSOR CHAN OARH Assigned Channel 0=None,
OARH RH @ 4MA OARH Sensor Value at 4mA 0 to 100 % 0 OARH_4MA
OARH RH @ 20MA OARH Sensor Val. at 20mA 0 t o 100 % 100 OARH20MA
RARH SENS CHANNEL RARH Assigned Channel 0=None,
RARH RH @ 4MA RARH Sensor Value at 4mA 0 to 100 % 0 RARH_4MA
RARH RH @ 20MA RARH Sensor Value @ 20mA 0 to 100 % 100 RARH20MA
OACFM SENSOR CHAN OACFM Assigned Cha nnel 0=None,
OACFM @ 4MA OACFM value at 4MA 0 to 2000 CFM 0 OCFM_4MA
OACFM @ 20MA OACFM Value @ 20mA 2000 to 5000 CFM 2000 OCFM20MA
COOLING Cooling Configurations Menu
COMP MIN ON TIME Compressor Min On Time 180 to 600 se c 300 C_MINON
COMP MIN OFF TIME Compressor Min Off Time 120 to 600 sec 180 C_MINOFF
STRIKE CLEAR TIME Runtime to Reset Strikes 120 to 999 sec 300 MIN_ON_S
COOL STAGEUP TIME Cool Stage Increase Time 120 to 999 sec 450 CSTAGINC
COOL SATTREND LEV Cooling SAT Trend Level --- 1 t o 1 --- 0 . 2 SAT_TLC
UPPER MIN SAT Cool Min SAT Upper Level 35.0 to 65.0 °F 56 SATMIN_H
LOWE R M IN SAT Cool Min SAT Lower Level 35.0 to 65.0 °F 46 SATMIN_L
COOL FANOFF DELAY Cooling Fan--- Off Delay 0 t o 600 sec 75: All except below
ODF HIGH SPD TIME ODF High Speed Time 0 to 300 sec 120 MINODFTM
ODF RELAY ENABLE ODF Relay Enabled Ye s/ N o No: 48/50FC
DEHUMIDIFICATION DEHUMIDIFICATION
REHEAT EQUIPPED Humidimizer Equipped Ye s/N o No : N o H um i d i --- M i Z e r
REHEAT OAT LIMIT H umidimizer Lockout Temp --- 20 to 75 °F 40 OATLHUMZ
FAN BASED DEH UM Fan Based Dehum CFG Menu
FBD CONTROL TYPE Fan Base d Dehum Type 0=NONE,
FBD COOL DELTA FBDH Low Set Point --- 2 0 t o 0 ΔF --- 2 . 5 FBDLO_SP
FBD MAX S ST SP FBDH Max Mo de SST SP 20 to 60 °F 38 F BDSSTSP
FBD SST MIN VALUE FBDH Min SST Threshold 10 to 60 °F 32 FBDH_SST
FBD CMFT SAT SP FBDH Comfort SAT SP 35 to 80 °F 46 FBDH_SAT
FBD CMFT SAT DT FBD Comfort SAT Delta 0to30 °F 11 FBDSATDT
FBD MIN FAN SPD FBDH Min Fan Speed 0 t o 3000 RPM same as IDF LOW COOL
FBD MAX FAN SPD FBDH Max Fan Speed 0 to 3000 RPM same as IDF HIGH
1=MBB AI06, 2=MBB AI07, 3=MBB AI08
1=MBB AI06, 2=MBB AI07, 3=MBB AI08
1=MBB AI06, 2=MBB AI07, 3=MBB AI08
1=MBB AI06, 2=MBB AI07, 3=MBB AI08
1=MBB AI06, 2=MBB AI07, 3=MBB AI08
1=MBB AI06, 2=MBB AI07, 3=MBB AI08
1=Comfort, 2=Max
0=NONE SPRHCHAN
0: No FIOP 2: FIOP
0=NONE OAQ_CHAN
0: No FIOP 3: FIOP
0=NONE RARHCHAN
0=NONE OCFMCHAN
30: Size 07 90: 48/50GC 06
Yes: 48/50GC
FIOP
Ye s : H u m i d i --- M i Z e r F I O P
0=NONE FBD_TYPE
SPD (page 68)
COOL SPD (page 68)
IAQ_CHAN
OARHCHAN
COOL_FOD
OFR_EN
HUMZ_EN
FDRPMMIN
FDRPMMAX
66
Page 67
APPENDIX A: SystemVut Controller Display
Settings Main Menu Layout (cont)
DISPLAY TEXT EXPANDED DISPLAY TEXT VALUES UNITS DEFAULT POINT
COOLING (cont) Cooling Configurations Menu
LOW AMB IE NT LOW AMBIENT CONFIGS MENU
CIR.A LOCKOUT OAT CircuitALockoutTemp --- 20 to 75 °F 40: no Economizer FIOP
LOW COOL MIN OAT Low Cool lockout Temp --- 20 to 60 °F 10 LCLOCKSP
CHARGE DIAGNOSTICS Refrigerant Charge Diagnostic Config Menu
LOW CHARGE LEVEL Low Refrig Charge Level 0 to 150 PSI 50 LO CH AR GE
NO LOW CHARGE OAT Low Cha rge Disable Temp -- -40 to 50 °F 10 LOCH_ LOT
CIR.A SDP LIMIT CirA High Pressure Limit 400 to 700 PSI 670 HIPLIM_A
LOW DIS CH AR GE LEV Low Discharge Level 0to20 °F 0 SDTLEV
MIN PRESS RATIO Minimum Pressure Ratio 0to5 1.35 MINPSI_R
LOW SUC TION DIA G. Low Suction Diagnostic Config Menu
LOW SUC OK TEMP Suction OK Temperature 10 to 50 °F 18 SSTOK
LOW SUC LEVEL 1 Low Suction Leve l 1 Temp 10 to 50 °F 20 SSTLEV1
LOW SUC LEVEL 2 Low Suction Leve l 2 Temp 5to50 °F 15 SSTLE V2
LOW SUC LEVEL 3 Low Suction Leve l 3 Temp 0to50 °F 10 SSTLE V3
LO SUC D IA G DEL AY Delay On Low SST Check 0 to 300 sec 0noFIOP
COMPRESSOR TRANSITION Compressor Transition diagnostic config
COMP L2 DIAG DLY Comp Level 2 Diag Delay 1to99 sec 15 CDDTLEV2
DIAG. COMP OFF Diag Comp Unexpected Off Enable/Disable Enable CD_UEOFF
CIR STUCK ON DIAG Circuit Stuck On Diag. Enable/Disable Enable DCKTOFF
CIR.A MIN DIS.P Min discharge change 0to99 PSI 8 MDP_ DISA
CIR.A MIN SUC.P Min Suction change 0to99 PSI 10 MDP_SUCA
OFF P.RATIO CirA P.Ratio off change --- 1 t o 1 --- 0 . 3 OFFPR_A
HEATING Heating Configurations Menu
UNIT TYPE OF HEAT Type of Heat Installed 0=ELECTRIC,
HEATING STAGE QTY Number of Heating Stages 0to2 2: all except below
HEAT MIN ON Heat Minimum On Time 60 to 600 sec 120 H_MINON
HEAT MIN OFF Heat Minimum Off Time 60 to 600 sec 120 H_MINOFF
HEAT STAGEUP TIME Heat Stage Increase Time 120 to 999 sec 450 HSTAGINC
HEAT SATTREND LEV Heating SAT Trend Level --- 1 t o 1 0.2 SAT_TLH
LOWE R M AX SAT Heat Max SAT Lower Level 85 to 200 °F 140 SATMAX_L
UPPER MAX SAT Heat Max SAT Upper Level 85 to 200 °F 170 SATMAX_H
HEAT FANOFF DELAY Heating Fan---off Delay 10 t o 600 sec 30 (50 series)
HEAT LOCKO UT OAT Heating Lockout Temp 40 to 125 °F 75 OATLHEAT
SAT DURING HEAT? SAT Heat Mode Sensing Enable/Disable Enable SAT_HEAT
IGC IFO TIMEOUT No IGC IFO input Timeout 0to60 min 5 NO_IG CTM
PREHEAT W/O IDF? Pre---Heat HX without IDF? Enable/Disable Disable PREHT_HX
PREHEAT FAN DELAY Pre---HeatFanOnDelay 0 to 120 sec 30 PREHT_TM
SA TEMPER ENABLED Supply Air Temper Enable Yes /No No SATEMPEN
SA TEMPERING SP SA tempering Set point 35 to 80 °F 55 SATEMPSP
TEMPER MAX OUT Max OAT for SA tempering 40 to 80 °F 65 OATSTEMP
INDOOR FAN Indoor Fan Configurations Menu
OCCUPIED FAN? FanOnWhenOccupied Yes/ No Yes FANON_OC
IDF MAX SPEED IDF Maximum Fan Speed 0 to 100 % 100 SPEEDMAX
IDF VENT SPD IDF Vent Speed---RPM 0 to 3000 RPM same as IDF LOW COOL
IDF HEAT SPD IDF Heat Speed--- RPM 0 to 3000 RPM same as IDF HIGH
menu
1=GAS
0: Economizer FIOP
40: Humidi--- MiZer FIOP
0(50series) 1(48series)
0: 50 Series without FIOP heaters 1: 48 Series single phase power, Low Nox Gas Heat, 48FC 04--- 07 Low Heat, 48FC 05--- 07 Med Heat, 50GC 04---06 Low Heat, 50GC 04---05 Med Heat, 50GC 04 High Heat 230v 3ph and 460v, 50GC 05 High Heat 230v 3ph, 50GC 06 Med Heat 460v and 575v
45 (48 series)
SPD (page 68)
COOL SPD (page 68)
OATLCMPA
SSTCKDLY
HEATTYPE
NUMHSTGS
HEAT_FOD
RPM_VENT
RPM_HEAT
67
Page 68
APPENDIX A: SystemVut Controller Display
Settings Main Menu Layout (cont)
DISPLAY TEXT EXPANDED DISPLAY TEXT VALUES UNITS DEFAULT POINT
INDOOR FAN (cont) Indoor Fan Configurations Menu
IDF LOW COOL SPD IDF Low Cool Speed--- RPM 0 to 3000 RPM 1106: Size 04 Standard
IDF HIGH COOL SPD IDF High Cool Speed--- RPM 0 to 3000 RPM 1474: Size 04 Standard
IDF FREE COOL SPD IDF Free Cool Speed---RPM 0 t o 3000 RPM same as IDF LOW COOL
Static Fan
1281: Size 04 Medium
Static Fan
1457: Size 04 High Static
Fan
1112: Size 05 Standard
Static Fan
1269: Size 05 Medium
Static Fan
1439: Size 05 High Static
Fan 230v 1 ph
1556: Size 05 High Static
Fan 230v 3ph, 460v, 575v
1258: Size 06 Standard
Static Fan
1398: Size 06 Medium
Static Fan
1556: Size 06 High Static
Fan 230v 1 ph
1659: Size 06 High Static
Fan 230v 3ph, 460v, 575v
1184: Size 07 Standard
Static Fan
1302: Size 07 Medium
Static Fan
1460: Size 07 High Static
Fan
Static Fan
1708: Size 04 Medium
Static Fan
1942: Size 04 High Static
Fan
1482: Size 05 Standard
Static Fan
1693: Size 05 Medium
Static Fan
1919: Size 05 High Static
Fan 230v 1 ph
2075: Size 05 High Static
Fan 230v 3ph, 460v, 575v
1677: Size 06 Standard
Static Fan
1864: Size 06 Medium
Static Fan
2075: Size 06 High Static
Fan 230v 1 ph
2212: Size 06 High Static
Fan 230v 3ph, 460v, 575v
1794: Size 07 Standard
Static Fan
1973: Size 07 Medium
Static Fan
2212: Size 07 High Static
Fan
SPD
RPM_LCL
RPM_HCL
RPM_FCL
68
Page 69
APPENDIX A: SystemVut Controller Display
Settings Main Menu Layout (cont)
DISPLAY TEXT EXPANDED DISPLAY TEXT VALUES UNITS DEFAULT POINT
ECONOMIZER Economizer Configurations Menu
VENT METHOD Ventilation Method 0=NONE,
ECON MAX POS Econ Max Damper Position 0 to 100 % 100 DAMPMAX
ECON TRAVEL TIME Economizer Travel Time 5 to 300 sec 150 ECONOTRV
MINIMUM POSITION CONFIGS Minimum Position Configurations menu
MIN POS @ MAX FAN Econ Min at Max Fanspeed 0 to 100 % 30 MINP_MAX
MIN POS SPEED 1 Min Pos --- User Speed 1 0 to 100 % 0 MP_USPD1
MIN POS DAMP 1 M i n P o s --- U s e r P o s 1 0 to 100 % 0 MP_ UPOS1
MIN POS SPEED 2 Min Pos --- User Speed 2 0 to 100 % 0 MP_USPD2
MIN POS DAMP 2 M i n P o s --- U s e r P o s 2 0 to 100 % 0 MP_ UPOS2
MIN POS SPEED 3 Min Pos --- User Speed 3 0 to 100 % 0 MP_USPD3
MIN POS DAMP 3 M i n P o s --- U s e r P o s 3 0 to 100 % 0 MP_ UPOS3
FREE COOL CONFIGS Free Cooling Speci fi c Configurations Menu
LOW COOL SAT SP LowFree Cool SAT Setpnt 40 to 80 °F 65 LC SASP
HIGH COOL SAT SP High FreeCool SAT Setpnt 40 to 80 °F 55 HCSASP
FREE COOL MAX OAT Free Cooling Max OAT 0to90 °F 65 MAXFREET
FREE COOL MIN OAT Free Cooling Min Temp ---30 to 70 °F 0 MINFREET
DIFF DRY BULB CTL Diff. Dry Bulb Control Enable/Disable Disable DIFFBULB
DIFF DB DEADBAND Diff. Dry Bulb Deadband 0to20 °F 3 OATRATDB
ENTHALPY HI LIMIT Max Enthalpy OA limit 1to99 BTU/LB 28 FREEMAXE
DIFF ENTHALPY CTL Diff. Enthalpy Control Enable/Disable Disable DIFFENTH
ENTHALPY DEADBAND Enthalpy Cross Deadband 0to20 BTU/LB 2 OAERAEDB
UNOCCUPIED FREE COOL Unoccupied Free Cooling Configs Menu
WHEN TO UNOCC FC When to Unocc Free Cool? 0=Disabled,
UFCPREOCCTIME UFC PreOcc Time 1 to 999 min 120 UFCTIME
UFC LOW TEMP Unocc Free Cool Low Temp --- 30 to 70 °F 50 OATLUFC
POWER EXHAUST CONFIGS Power Exhaust Configurations Menu
PE1 RELAY CHANNEL PE1 Relay Channel 0=NONE,
PE1 POS @ MAX SPD PE Stage 1 at Max speed 0 to 100 % 40 PE1_PMAX
PE OFF DEADBAND PE Turn Off Dead band 0 to 100 % 5 PE_OFFDB
PE2 RELAY CHANNEL PE2 Relay Channel 0=NONE,
PE2 POS @ MAX SPD PE Stage 2 At Max Speed 0 to 100 % 75 PE2_PMAX
ECON ACT MECH DISC DIAG Econ Actuator Mechanical disconnect
M D D --- H / C E N D D L Y T24 Heat/Cool End Delay 0to60 min 25 T24CHDLY
MDD--- MIN MOVE T24Econ Min Move for SAT 10 to 20 % 10 T24ECSTS
M D D --- S A T D B Damper SAT deadband 0to20 °F 12 T24SATDB
M D D --- M I N R A T --- O A T T24 Min Diff in RAT---OAT 5to20 °F 15 T24RATDF
MDD--- MIN TEST POS T24 Test Minimum Pos 0 to 100 % 15 T24TSTMN
MDD--- MAX TEST POS T24 Test Maximum Pos 0 to 100 % 85 T24TSTMX
AIR QUALITY Air Qualit y Configurations Menu
ANALOG IAQ CTRL Analog Input IAQ Control 0=NO IAQ,
IAQ POS @ MAX SPD IAQ Position at Max Fan 0 to 100 % 10 IAQMINP
LOW AIR .Q DI FF AQ Differential Low 0 to 5000 100 DAQ_LOW
HIGH AIR.Q DIFF AQ Differential High 0 to 5000 700 DAQ_HIGH
PREOCC PURGE ENBL IAQ Preoccupa ncy Purge Yes/N o Yes IAQPURGE
PURGE POS @ MAX IAQ Purge Pos at Max IDF 0 to 100 % 40 IAQPMAX
PREOCC LOW LIMIT Preocc Purge Lockout OAT 0to70 °F 50 IAQP_LA
PREOCC PURGE TIME Preocc Purge Duration 5 to 120 min 15 IAQPTIME
A Q D I F H I --- I A Q O V R AQ Diff High IAQOVERRIDE 0 to 5000 PPM 700 AQD_HIGH
A Q D I F L O --- I A Q O V R AQ Diff Low --- IAQ OVERRIDE 0 to 5000 PPM 100 AQD_LOW
IAQ OVRRD ENABLE IAQ override enable Yes/ No No IAQOVREN
diagnostic menu
1=ECON, 2=2POS DMPR, 3=ERV, 4=ECON ERV
1=PreOcc, 2=Unocc
1=MBB RLY11, 2=MBB RLY06
1=MBB RLY11, 2=MBB RLY06
1=DCV, 2=IAQ OVRD, 3=CTRL MINP
0: No FIOP 1: Economizer FIOP 2: Two Position Damper
FIOP
1=PreOcc UFC_CFG
0: no FIOP 2: FIOP
0=NONE PE2_CHAN
0: no FIOP 1: FIOP
VENTTYPE
PE1_CHAN
IAQANCFG
69
Page 70
APPENDIX A: SystemVut Controller Display
Settings Main Menu Layout (cont)
DISPLAY TEXT EXPANDED DISPLAY TEXT VALUES UNITS DEFAULT POINT
ALARM RELAY Alarm Relay Configurat ions Menu
ALM RELAY CHANNEL ALM Relay Assigned Chan 0=NONE,
THERMOSTAT ALERTS Thermostat Alerts Ye s/N o Yes TSTAT_AL
HARDWARE ALERTS Hardware Failures Alerts Ye s /N o Yes HW_AL
SAT/RAT ALERTS SAT/RAT Sensor Alert s Yes /No Yes SATRATAL
OAT SENSOR ALERTS OAT Thermistor Alerts Yes / No Ye s OATRL_AL
SPACE SENS ALERTS Space Sensors Alerts Yes /No Yes SPACE_AL
TRANSDUCER ALERTS Transduce r Sensor Alerts Ye s /N o Yes TRANS_AL
RH SENSOR ALERTS RH sensor failure Alert Ye s/ N o Yes RHS_AL
CO2 SENSOR ALERTS Air Quality CO2 Alerts Yes / No Ye s CO2S_AL
OACFM SENS ALERTS OACFM Alarm Relay Yes /No No OACFM_AL
ECONOMIZER ALERTS Economizer Alerts Ye s/N o Yes ECON_AL
AIRFILTERALERTS Dirty Filter Alerts Ye s/N o Yes FILT_AL
GEN STATUS ALERTS General Status Alerts Ye s/N o Yes GENS_AL
REFRIG CIR ALERTS Refrig Circuit Alerts Ye s /No Yes CKT_AL
COMPRESSOR ALERTS Compressor Alerts Ye s/N o Yes COMP_AL
HEATING ALERTS Heating Failure Alerts Ye s/ N o Yes HEAT_AL
INDOOR FAN ALERTS Indoor Fan Alerts Yes /No Yes FAN_AL
ON ACTIVE FAULTS Relay On Active Faults Ye s /No Yes FAULT_AL
SERVICE CONFIG MENU Service Configuration Menu
CMP FRAMEWORK Compressor Framework 0=1CIR 2CMP,
SHUTDWN A1 FIRST Comp A1 Shut down First Ye s/ No No SDWN_A1
SHUTDWN ALD F IRST Comp Loader Shut down 1st Yes/ N o Yes: All except below
IDF CURVE LO RPM IDF Curve Low End RPM 0 to 3000 RPM 189: Size 04 Standard Static
IDF CURVE HI RPM IDF Curve High End RPM 0 to 3000 RPM 1890: Size 04 Standard Static
1=MBB RLY11, 2=MBB RLY06
1=1CMP+LDR, 2=1CMP
1=MBB RLY11 ALM_CHAN
1: All except below 2: 48/50FC 04--- 06
No: 48/50FC 04--- 06
Fan
219: Size 04 Medium Static
Fan 249: Size 04 High Static Fan 190: Size 05 Standard Static
Fan 217: Size 05 Medium Static
Fan 246: Size 05 High Static Fan
230v 1 ph 266: Size 05 High Static Fan
230v 3ph, 460v, 575v 215: Size 06 Standard Static
Fan 239: Size 06 Medium Static
Fan 266: Size 06 High Static Fan
230v 1 ph 284: Size 06 High Static Fan
230v 3ph, 460v, 575v 230: Size 07 Standard Static
Fan 253: Size 07 Medium Static
Fan 284: Size 07 High Static Fan
Fan 2190: Size 04 Medium Static
Fan 2490: Size 04 High Static Fan 1900: Size 05 Standard Static
Fan 2170: Size 05 Medium Static
Fan 2460: Size 05 High Static Fan
230v 1 ph 2660: Size 05 High Static Fan
230v 3ph, 460v, 575v 2150: Size 06 Standard Static
Fan 2390: Size 06 Medium Static
Fan 2660: Size 06 High Static Fan
230v 1 ph 2836: Size 06 High Static Fan
230v 3ph, 460v, 575v 2300: Size 07 Standard Static
Fan 2530: Size 07 Medium Static
Fan 2836: Size 07 High Static Fan
SYSVTYPE
SDWN_ALD
IFMLORPM
IFMHIRPM
70
Page 71
APPENDIX A: SystemVut Controller Display
Settings Main Menu Layout (cont)
DISPLAY TEXT EXPANDED DISPLAY TEXT VALUES UNITS DEFAULT POINT
SERVICE CONFIG MENU (cont) Service Configuration Menu
CCH RELAY1 ENABLE CCH Relay 1 Enabled Yes/N o Yes CCHR1_EN
E C O N O P I D --- K P E C O N O P I D --- K P 0.00 to 99.90 2.5 ECONO_P
E C O N O P I D --- K I E C O N O P I D --- K I 0.00 to 99.90 0.12 ECONO_I
E C O N O P I D --- K D E C O N O P I D --- K D 0.00 to 99.90 1 ECONO_D
E C O N O P I D --- R AT E E C O N O P I D --- R A T E 10 t o 180 sec 15 ECONO_DT
F B D P I D --- K P F B D P I D --- K p 0 to 99.99 0.01 FBDPID_P
F B D P I D --- K I FBD PID Ki 0 to 99.999 0 FBDPID_I
F B D P I D --- K D FBD PID Kd 0 to 99.999 0 FBDPID_D
FBD KI RES VAL FBD Ki Reset Val. 0.00 to 99.90 0 FBDKIRES
NEW HARDWARE Quick Menu for New Hardware
UNIT CONTROL TYPE Unit Control Type 0=TSTAT,
SPRH SENS CHANNEL SPRH Assigned Channel 0=None,
IAQ SENSOR CHAN IAQ Assigned Cha nnel 0=None,
OAQ SENSOR CHAN OAQ Assigned Channel 0=None,
OARH SENSOR CHAN OARH Assigned Channel 0=None,
RARH SENS CHANNEL RARH Assigned Channel 0=None,
OACFM SENS CHANNEL OACFM Assigned Channel 0=None,
FIRE SHUTDOWN SW Fire Shutdown Switch 0=NORM OPEN,
HUMSTAT CHANNEL Humidistat Status Chan. 0=None,
FILTER SW CHANNEL Filter Sta tus Sw Channel 0=None,
REMOTE OCC CHAN Remote Occupancy Channel 0=None,
REM.SHUTDOWN CHAN Remote Shutdown Channel 0=None,
COFS CHANNEL COFS Assigned Channel 0=None,
GEN STATUS CHAN General Status Channel 0=None,
1=SPACE SEN, 2=RAT SEN
1=MBB AI06, 2=MBB AI07, 3=MBB AI08,
1=MBB AI06, 2=MBB AI07, 3=MBB AI08
1=MBB AI06, 2=MBB AI07, 3=MBB AI08
1=MBB AI06, 2=MBB AI07, 3=MBB AI08
1=MBB AI06, 2=MBB AI07, 3=MBB AI08
1=MBB AI06, 2=MBB AI07, 3=MBB AI08, 4=SIOB Ai10
1=NORM CLSD, 2=NO SWITCH
1=MBB DI12, 2=MBB DI13, 3=MBB DI14, 4=MBB DI02, 5=MBB Y3
1=MBB DI12, 2=MBB DI13, 3=MBB DI14, 4=MBB DI02, 5=MBB Y3
1=MBB DI12, 2=MBB DI13, 3=MBB DI14, 4=MBB DI02, 5=MBB Y3
1=MBB DI12, 2=MBB DI13, 3=MBB DI14, 4=MBB DI02, 5=MBB Y3
1=MBB DI12, 2=MBB DI13, 3=MBB DI14, 4=MBB DI02, 5=MBB Y3
1=MBB DI12, 2=MBB DI13, 3=MBB DI14, 4=MBB DI02, 5=MBB Y3
0=TSTAT CTRLTYPE
0=NONE SPRHCHAN
0: no FIOP 2: FIOP
0=NONE OAQ_CHAN
0: no FIOP 3: FIOP
0=NONE RARHCHAN
0=NONE OCFMCHAN
2: no FIOP 0: FIOP
0 : N o H u m i di --- M i Z e r F I O P 5 : H um id i --- M i Z e r F I O P
0: No FIOP 1: FIOP
0=NONE RMOCCHAN
0=NONE ROFFCHAN
0: No FIOP 4: FIOP
0=NONE GEN_CHAN
IAQ_CHAN
OARHCHAN
FIRE_CFG
HUMDCHAN
FILTCHAN
COFSCHAN
71
Page 72
APPENDIX A: SystemVut Controller Display
Settings Main Menu Layout (cont)
DISPLAY TEXT EXPANDED DISPLAY TEXT VALUES UNITS DEFAULT POINT
NEW HARDWARE (cont) Quick Menu for New Hardware
ENTHALPY SW CHAN Enthalpy Sw Channel 0=None,
FAN STAT CHANNEL Fan Status Channel 0=None,
IAQ OVERIDE SW CH IAQ override sw channel 0=None,
PHASE MON CHANNEL Phase Monitor Channel 0=None,
NETWORK SETTINGS Building Network Configurations Menu
BAS PROTOCOL BAS Protocol Select 0=NONE,
NETWORK TIMEOUT Network Input Timeout 0 to 600 min 30 NETINTO
CCN CCN Network Configuration Menu
BUS NUMBER CCN Bus Number 0 to 239 0 CCNBUS
CCN ELEMENT # CCN Element Number 1 to 239 1 CCNADD
CCN BAUDRATE CCN Baud Rate 0=9600,
BROADCAST ACK? CCN Broadcast Ack’er Ye s/ N o No CCNBCACK
BROADCAST SCHEDL? Global Schedule Broadcst Yes /No No CCN_GSBC
BROADCAST TIME? CCN Time Broadcast Yes/ No No CCNBC
BROADCAST OAT? Broadcast OAT On Network Ye s/N o No OATBC
BROADCAST OARH? Broadcast OARH On Netwrk Ye s/ N o No OARHBC
BROADCAST OAQ? Broadcast OAQ On Network Ye s /No No OAQBC
BROADCAST IAQ? Broadcast IAQ On Network Yes /No No IAQBC
ALLOW G. OVERRIDE Allow Global Overrides Ye s /No Yes GLBLOVER
LOCATIO N Device Location text DEV_LOC
REFERENCE NUMBER Reference number text REF_NUM
BACNET BACnet network configuration menu
MAC ADDRESS BACnet Device Macaddress 1 to 127 01 BAC_MAC
BACNET BAUDRATE BACnet BMS baud rate 0=9600,
AUTO ID SCHEME ALC Auto Id Scheme Yes/ No Yes AUID
BACNET AUTO ID BACnet ID Auto ID Ye s/N o Yes BAC_AUID
BACNET ID BACnet ID Number 0 to 4194302 1610101 BAC_ID
LINKAGE SET TINGS LINKAGE SETTINGS MENU
DEVICE IAQ BACnet device for IAQ 0 to 4194303 1610100 DEVIAQ
OBJECT ID IAQ Object instance for IAQ 0 to 9999 1009 OBJIAQ
COV IAQ Change of value for IAQ 0to60 0 COVIAQ
DEVICE OAQ BACnet device for OAQ 0 to 4194303 1610100 DEVOAQ
OBJECT ID OAQ Object instance for OAQ 0 to 9999 1012 OBJOAQ
COV OAQ Change of value for OAQ 0to60 0 COVOAQ
DEVICE OARH BACnet device for OARH 0 to 4194303 1610100 DEVOARH
OBJECT ID OARH Object instance for OARH 0 to 9999 1022 OBJOARH
COV OARH Change of value for OARH 0to60 0 COVOARH
DEVICE OAT BACnet device for OAT 0 to 4194303 1610100 DEVOAT
OBJECT ID OAT Object instance for OAT 0 to 9999 1003 OBJ OAT
COV OAT Change of value for OAT 0to60 0 COVOAT
DEVICE RARH BACnet device for RARH 0 to 4194303 1610100 DEVRARH
OBJECT ID RARH Object instance for RARH 0 to 9999 30 OBJRARH
COV RARH Change of value for RARH 0to60 0 COVRARH
1=MBB DI12, 2=MBB DI13, 3=MBB DI14, 4=MBB DI02, 5=MBB Y3
1=MBB DI12, 2=MBB DI13, 3=MBB DI14, 4=MBB DI02, 5=MBB Y3
1=MBB DI12, 2=MBB DI13, 3=MBB DI14, 4=MBB DI02, 5=MBB Y3
1=MBB DI12, 2=MBB DI13, 3=MBB DI14, 4=MBB DI02, 5=MBB Y3
1=CCN, 2=BACNET
1=19200, 2=38400
1=19200, 2=38400, 3=57600, 4=76800, 5=115200
x 2=BACNET BMS_CFG
0=NONE ENTHCHAN
0=NONE FNSTCHAN
0=NONE IAQOCHAN
0: No FIOP 3: FIOP
2=38400 BAUDENUM
4=76800 BAC_BAUD
PMR_CHAN
72
Page 73
APPENDIX A: SystemVut Controller Display
Settings Main Menu Layout (cont)
DISPLAY TEXT EXPANDED DISPLAY TEXT VALUES UNITS DEFAULT POINT
BACNET (cont) BACnet network configuration menu
DEVICE RAT BACnet device for RAT 0 to 4194303 1610100 DEVRAT
OBJECT ID RAT Object instance for RAT 0 to 9999 1010 OBJRAT
COV RAT Change of value for RAT 0to60 0 COVRAT
DEVICE SPT BACnet device for SPT 0 to 4194303 1610100 DEVSPT
OBJECT ID SPT Object instance for SPT 0 to 9999 2007 OBJ SPT
COV SPT Change of value for SPT 0to60 0 COVSPT
LOCAL_SHEDL_ EDIT Allow Local Sched Edit Ye s /No enum No LCL_ EDIT
SYSTEM TOUCH System Touch Menu
DEVICE INSTANCE System Touch Device Inst 0 to 4194303 160099 DEVST
POLLING RATE Syste m Touch Poll Rate 10 to 60 10 POLLST
SPACE TEMP AI Syst em Touch AI for SPT 0 to 9999 1 AISTSPT
SPACE RH AI Syste m Touch AI for SPRH 0 to 9999 4 AISTSPRH
ZS SENSOR CFG ZS Sensor Configuratio n
ZS1 ADDRESS Zone Sensor 1 Address 0 to 255 255 ZSADDR1
ZS2 ADDRESS Zone Sensor 2 Address 0 to 255 255 ZSADDR2
ZS3 ADDRESS Zone se nsor 3 a ddress 0 to 255 255 ZSADDR3
ZS4 ADDRESS Zone se nsor 4 a ddress 0 to 255 255 ZSADDR4
ZS5 ADDRESS Zone se nsor 5 a ddress 0 to 255 255 ZSADDR5
ZS POLL RATE Zone senso r poll rate 1 to 100 sec 5 ZSPOLLRT
ZS UNIT Zone sensor unit 0=degrees F 0=degrees F ZSUNIT
ZSFRCUNOCENBL ZS Force Unoccup enable Yes / No No ZSFUNEN
ZSFRCUNOCDELAY ZS Force unocc w t dela y Ye s/ N o No ZSFUNWT
ZS TLO CONT ENBL ZS TLO Cont Enable Ye s/N o No ZSTLOEN
TLO SET DURING OC ZS TLO set during occ Yes / No No ZSTLSOC
ZS UI MODE Zone sensor UI Mode 1=Dual Offsets 1=Dual Offsets ZSUIM
NETWORK CHKLIST NETWORK SETUP CHECKLIST 0=Undone,
DISPLAY SETTINGS User Display Configurations Menu
METRIC DISPLAY Metric Display Ye s/N o No DISPUNIT
LANGUAGE Display Language Select 0=English,
CONTRAST ADJUST LCD Contrast Adjustment 1to10 5 LCD_CONT
PAS SWO RD E NA B LE ? User Passwo rd Protection Enable/Disable Enable PA S S_ E BL
VIEW USER PASSWORD View User Password Menu
CHANGE USER PASSWORD Change User Password Menu
QUICK SETUP CONFIG QUICK SETUP CONFIG MENU
TIME Clock Hour and Minute xx:xx TIME
DATE Current Date MM/DD/YYYY DATE
STARTUP DELAY Unit Startup Delay 10 to 600 sec 30 STARTDLY
UNIT CONTROL TYPE Unit Control Type 0=TSTAT,
THERMOSTAT TYPE Thermostat Hardware Type 0=CONV 2C2H,
DIRTY FILTER TIME Change Filter Timer 0 to 9999 hrs 600 FILTLIFE
HEATING STAGE QTY Number of Heating St ages 0to2 2: all except below
VENT METHOD Ventilation Method 0=NONE,
FREE COOL MAX OAT Free Cooling Max OAT 0to90 °F 65 MAXFREET
FIRE SHUTDOWN SW Fire Shut down Sw itch 0=NORM OPEN,
QUICK SET CHKLIST QUICK SETUP CHECKLIST 0=Undone,
1=Perfom, 2=Done
1=Spanish, 2=French, 3=Portuguese
1=SPACE SEN, 2=RAT SEN
1=DIGI 2C2H, 2=CONV 3C2H, 3=DIGI 3C2H
1=ECON, 2=2POS DMPR, 3=ERV, 4=ECON ERV
1=NORM CLSD, 2=NO SWITCH
1=Perfom, 2=Done
0=Undone CHK_NET
0=English LANGUAGE
0=TSTAT CTRLTYPE
0=CONV 2C2 STATTYPE
0: 50 Series without FIOP heaters 1: 48 Series single phase power,
Low Nox Gas Heat, 48FC 04--- 07 Low Heat, 48FC 05--- 07 Med Heat, 50GC 04-- -06 Low Heat, 50GC 04-- -05 Med Heat, 50GC 04 High Heat 230v 3ph and 460v, 50GC 05 High Heat 230v 3ph, 50GC 06 Med Heat 460v and 575v
0: No FIOP 1: Economizer FIOP 2: Two Position Damper FIOP
2: no FIOP 0: FIOP
0=Undone CHK_QUIK
NUMHSTGS
VENTTYPE
FIRE_CFG
73
Page 74
APPENDIX A: SystemVut Controller Display
Alerts/Faults Main Menu Layou t
DISPLAY TEXT EXPANDED DISPLAY TEXT VALUES WRITE STATUS POINT
ALERTS/FAULTS Alerts/Faults Menu
ACTIVE FAULTS Active Faults Menu
ACTIVE ALERTS Active Alert s Menu
HISTORY History Of Faults And Alerts Menu
RESET FAULT/ALERT Reset All Current Alarms Yes/ No Command ALRESET
74
Page 75
APPENDIX A: SystemVut Controller Display
Service Main Menu Layout
DISPLAY TEXT EXPANDED DISPLAY TEXT VALUES UNITS WRITE STATUS POINT
SERVICE Service Menu
UNIT TESTS Unit Tests Menu
TEST MODE ServiceTestModeEnable On/Off Command
SERVICE TEST Service Test Menu
INDEPENDENTS INDEPENDENT TEST MENU
ECON POS TEST Economizer Position Test 0 to 100 % Command S_DAMPER
BUMP COMP A1 TEST Compressor Bump A1 Test On/Off Command S_BMPA1
RH DIS VALVE TEST Rht Dischg Valve Rly Tst On/Off Command S_RDV_A
RH LIQ VALVE TEST Reheat Liq Valv Rly Test On/Off Command S_ RLV_A
CL LIQ VALVE TEST Cooling Liq Valv Test On/Off Command S_CLV_A
CCH RELAY 1 TEST Crankcase Heater 1 test On/Off Command S_CCHR1
ALARM RELAY TEST Alarm Output Relay Test On/Off Command S_ALARM
PE1 RELAY TEST Power Exha ust 1 Test On/Off Command S_PE_1
PE2 RELAY TEST Power Exha ust 2 Test On/Off Command S_PE_2
2POS/ERV RLY TEST 2Position/ERV Relay Test On/Off Command S_ER V2P
FAN TESTS Indoor and Outdoor Fan tests Menu
IDF SPEED TEST Indoor Fan Speed Test 0 to 100 % Command S_IDFSPD
CONVERTED IDF RPM Converted IDF Speed 0 t o 5000 RPM IFRPMTST
IDF MANUAL TRANS IDF Manual Transition Yes/ No Command S_IDF TRN
COOL TESTS Cooling Test Menu
COOL A1 TEST Cooling W/Comp.A1 Test On/Off Command S_COOLA1
CIR A LOADER TEST Cooling W/Comp.ALD Test On/Off Command S_COLALD
IDF SPEED TEST Indoor Fan Speed Test 0 to 100 % Command S_IDFSPD
ODF RELAY TEST ODF Speed Relay Test On/Off Command S_ OFRSPD
HUMIDIMIZER TEST Humidimizer Level Test 0=Off,
HEAT TESTS Heating Test Menu
HEAT 1 TEST Heating Stage 1 Test On/Off Command S_HEAT1
HEAT 2 TEST Heating Stage 2 Test On/Off Command S_HEAT2
IDF SPEED TEST Indoor Fan Speed Test 0 to 100 % Command S_IDFSPD
AUTOMATIC TEST Automatic Test Menu
AUTO INDP TEST AUTO INDEPENDENT TEST Yes / No Command AUTOINDP
AUTO COOL TEST RUN AUTO COOLING TEST Ye s /No Command AUTOCOOL
AUTO HEAT TEST RUN AUTO H EATING TEST Ye s/ N o Command AUTOHEAT
AUTO SYSTEM TEST RUN AUTO SYSTEM TEST Yes / No Command AUTOSYS
UNIT INFORMATION Unit Information Menu
MODEL # Equipment Model number xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx Command EQ_MOD
SERIAL # Equipment Serial number xxxxxxxxxx Command EQ_SER
VERSIONS Versions Menu
MAIN APP Application SW Version CESR131656--- 01--- xx FW_CESR
BOOTLOADER Bootloader SW Version CESR131659--- 01--- 03 BL_CESR
USER MEASURED DATA User Measured Data Menu
SUPPLY VOLTAGE L1 Supply Voltage Leg 1 0 to 700 V Command L1VOLTS
SUPPLY VOLTAGE L2 Supply Voltage Leg 2 0 to 700 V Command L2VOLTS
SUPPLY VOLTAGE L3 Supply Voltage Leg 3 0 to 700 V Command L3VOLTS
COMP A1 AMPS L1 Comp A1 Amps Leg 1 0 to 100 A Command CA1L1_A
COMP A1 AMPS L2 Comp A1 Amps Leg 2 0 to 100 A Command CA1L2_A
COMP A1 AMPS L3 Comp A1 Amps Leg 3 0 to 100 A Command CA1L3_A
E.HEAT AMPS L1 Elec. Heat Amps Leg 1 0 to 100 A Command EHTL1_A
E.HEAT AMPS L2 Elec. Heat Amps Leg 2 0 to 100 A Command EHTL2_A
E.HEAT AMPS L3 Elec. Heat Amps Leg 3 0 to 100 A Command EHTL3_A
GAS SUPPLY TYPE Gas Supply Type 0=NATURAL,
GAS INLET PRESS GAS INLET PRESSURE 0to20 Hg Command GASPRESS
STAGE 1 GAS PRESS STAGE 1 GAS PRESSURE 0to20 Hg Command HT1PRESS
STAGE 2 GAS PRESS STAGE 2 GAS PRESSURE 0to20 Hg Command HT2PRESS
CONTINUE? Start Diag Report Yes/ No Command GO_DIAG
RUN HOURS & CYCLES Run Hours & Cycles Menu
RUN HOURS DATA MENU Run hours menu
2POS/ERV RUN HOUR 2Position/ERV Run Hours xxxxxx.x hrs HR_ERV2P
COMP A1 RUN HOURS Compressor A1 Run Hours xxxxxx.x hrs HR_A1
CMP ALD RUN HOURS CMP A1 Loader Run Hours xxxxxx.x hrs HR_ALDR
ALM RELAY HOURS Alarm Relay Run Hours xxxxxx.x hrs HR_ALM
CCH RELAY HOURS CCH1 Relay Run Hours xxxxxx.x hrs HR_CCH R1
1=Subcool, 2=Reheat
1=LP
Command S_HMZLEV
Command GASTYPE
75
Page 76
APPENDIX A: SystemVut Controller Display
Service Main Menu Layout (cont)
DISPLAY TEXT EXPANDED DISPLAY TEXT VALUES UNITS WRITE STATUS POINT
RUN HOURS & CYCLES (cont) Run Hours & Cycles Menu
ECON RUN HOURS Econ Damper Run Hours xxxxxx.x hrs HR_DAMP
FULL LOAD HOURS Unit Full Load Run Hours xxxxxx.x hrs HR_FLOAD
FREE COOL H OURS Free Cooling Run Hours xxxxxx.x hrs HR_FREEC
HEAT 1 RUN HOURS Heat Stage 1 Run Hours xxxxxx.x hrs HR_HTR_1
HEAT 2 RUN HOURS Heat Stage 2 Run Hours xxxxxx.x hrs HR_HTR_2
IDF RUN HOURS Indoor Fan Run Hours xxxxxx.x hrs HR_IDF
MAX IDF RUN HOURS Max Fan Speed Run Hours xxxxxx.x hrs HR_MAXF
ODF RELAY HOURS ODF Relay Run Hours xxxxxx.x hrs HR_OFR
PE1 RELAY HOURS Power Exhaust 1 Run Hours xxxxxx.x hrs HR_PE_1
PE2 RELAY HOURS Power Exhaust 2 Run Hours xxxxxx.x hrs HR_PE_2
RDV_A RUN HOURS RDV_A Run Hours xxxxxx.x hrs HR_RDV_A
RLV_A RUN HOURS RLV_A Run Hours xxxxxx.x hrs HR_RLV_A
CLV_A RUN HOURS CLV_A Run Hours xxxxxx.x hrs HR_CLV_A
SUBCOOLING HOURS Reheat leve l 1 Run Hrs xxxxxx.x hrs HR_RQHL1
HOT GAS RH HOURS Reheat level 2 Run Hrs xxxxxx.x hrs HR_RQHL2
TEST MODE HOURS Service Test Run Hours xxxxxx.x hrs HR_STEST
VENT IDF H OURS Vent IDF Run Hours xxxxxx.x hrs HR_VENTF
START COUNT DATA MENU Start Counts menu
2POS/ERV STARTS 2Position/ERV Starts xxxxxx ST_ ERV2P
COMP A1 STARTS Compressor A1 Starts xxxxxx ST_A1
CMP ALD STARTS CMP A1 Loader Starts xxxxxx ST_ALDR
ALM RELAY STARTS Alarm Relay Starts xxxxxx ST_ALM
ALM RESET COUNTS Alarm Reset Counts xxxxxx ST_ALRST
CCH RELAY STARTS CCH1 Relay Starts xxxxxx ST_CCHR1
DAMPER STARTS Economizer Damper Starts xxxxxx ST_DAMP
FULL LOAD STARTS Unit Full Load Starts xxxxxx ST_FLOAD
FREE COOL STARTS Free Cooling Starts xxxxxx ST_FREEC
HEAT 1 STARTS Heat Stage 1 Starts xxxxxx ST_HTR_1
HEAT 2 STARTS Heat Stage 2 Starts xxxxxx ST_HTR_2
IDF STARTS Indoor Fan Starts xxxxxx ST_IDF
MAX IDF SPD START Max IDF Speed St arts xxxxxx ST_ MAXF
ODF RELAY STARTS ODF Relay Starts xxxxxx ST_OFR
PE1 RELAY STARTS Po we r Ex hau st 1 Start s xxxxxx ST_PE_ 1
PE2 RELAY STARTS Po we r Ex hau st 2 Start s xxxxxx ST_PE_ 2
POR COUNT Power Cycle Counts xxxxxx ST_POR
RDV A STARTS RDV_A Starts xxxxxx ST_RDV_A
RLV_A STARTS RLV_A Starts xxxxxx ST_RLV_A
CLV_A STARTS CLV _A Starts xxxxxx ST_CLV_A
SUBCOOL STARTS Reheat level 1 Starts xxxxxx ST_RQHL1
HOT GAS RH STARTS Reheat level 2 Starts xxxxxx ST_RQHL2
TEST MODE STARTS Service Test Starts xxxxxx ST_STEST
VENT FAN STARTS Ventilation Fan Starts xxxxxx ST_VENTF
RESET COUNTS MENU Reset Counts menu
2POS/ERV RESETS 2Position/ERV ResetCount xxxxxx RS_ERV2P
COMP A1 RESET QTY Comp A1 Resets Count xxxxxx RS_A1
CMP ALD RESET QTY A1 Loader Resets Count xxxxxx RS_ALDR
ALMRLYRESETQTY Alarm Relay Resets Count xxxxxx RS_ALM
ALM RESET RESETS Alarm Reset Resets Count xxxxxx RS_ALRST
CCH RELAY RESETS CCH1 Relay Resets Count xxxxxx RS_CCHR1
DAMPER RESET QTY Econ Damper Reset s Count xxxxxx RS_DAMP
FULL LOAD RESETS Full Load Resets Count xxxxxx RS_FLOAD
FREE COOL RESETS Free Cooling Reset Count xxxxxx RS_FREEC
HEAT 1 RESET QTY Heat Stage 1 Reset Count xxxxxx RS_HTR_1
HEAT 2 RESET QTY Heat Stage 2 Reset Count xxxxxx RS_HTR_2
76
Page 77
APPENDIX A: SystemVut Controller Display
Service Main Menu Layout (cont)
DISPLAY TEXT EXPANDED DISPLAY TEXT VALUES UNITS WRITE STATUS POINT
RESET COUNTS MENU (cont) Reset Counts menu
IDF RESET QTY Indoor Fan Reset Count xxxxxx RS_IDF
MAX IDF RESET QTY Max IDF Spd Resets Count xxxxxx RS_MAXF
ODF RELAY RESETS ODF Relay Resets Counts xxxxxx RS_OFR
PE1 RESET QTY P.Exhaust 1 Resets Count xxxxxx RS_PE_1
PE2 RESET QTY P.Exhaust 2 Resets Count xxxxxx RS_PE_2
POR RESET QTY Power Cy cle Resets Count xxxxxx RS_POR
RDV_A RESET QTY RDV_A Reset Count xxxxxx RS_RDV_A
RLV_A RESET QTY RLV_A Reset Count xxxxxx RS_RLV_A
CLV_A RESET QTY CLV_A Reset Count xxxxxx RS_CLV_A
SUBCOOL RESET QTY Reheat lev 1 Rst Count xxxxxx RS_RQHL1
HGRH RESET QTY Reheat lev 2 Rst Count xxxxxx RS_RQHL2
TEST MODE RESETS Service Test Reset Count xxxxxx RS_STEST
VENT IDF RESETS Vent IDF Resets Co unt xxxxxx RS_VENTF
POWER RESET HISTORY Power On Reset History Menu
POWRES00 Power Reset Event 00 mm/dd/yy, hh:mm:ss POWRES00
POWRES01 Power Reset Event 01 mm/dd/yy, hh:mm:ss POWRES01
POWRES02 Power Reset Event 02 mm/dd/yy, hh:mm:ss POWRES02
POWRES03 Power Reset Event 03 mm/dd/yy, hh:mm:ss POWRES03
POWRES04 Power Reset Event 04 mm/dd/yy, hh:mm:ss POWRES04
POWRES05 Power Reset Event 05 mm/dd/yy, hh:mm:ss POWRES05
POWRES06 Power Reset Event 06 mm/dd/yy, hh:mm:ss POWRES06
POWRES07 Power Reset Event 07 mm/dd/yy, hh:mm:ss POWRES07
POWRES08 Power Reset Event 08 mm/dd/yy, hh:mm:ss POWRES08
POWRES09 Power Reset Event 09 mm/dd/yy, hh:mm:ss POWRES09
ALARM RESET HISTORY Alarm Reset History Menu
ALMRES00 Alarm Reset Event 00 mm/dd/yy, hh:mm:ss ALMRES00
ALMRES01 Alarm Reset Event 01 mm/dd/yy, hh:mm:ss ALMRES01
ALMRES02 Alarm Reset Event 02 mm/dd/yy, hh:mm:ss ALMRES02
ALMRES03 Alarm Reset Event 03 mm/dd/yy, hh:mm:ss ALMRES03
ALMRES04 Alarm Reset Event 04 mm/dd/yy, hh:mm:ss ALMRES04
ALMRES05 Alarm Reset Event 05 mm/dd/yy, hh:mm:ss ALMRES05
ALMRES06 Alarm Reset Event 06 mm/dd/yy, hh:mm:ss ALMRES06
ALMRES07 Alarm Reset Event 07 mm/dd/yy, hh:mm:ss ALMRES07
ALMRES08 Alarm Reset Event 08 mm/dd/yy, hh:mm:ss ALMRES08
ALMRES09 Alarm Reset Event 09 mm/dd/yy, hh:mm:ss ALMRES09
ALMRES10 Alarm Reset Event 10 mm/dd/yy, hh:mm:ss ALMRES10
ALMRES11 Alarm Reset Event 11 mm/dd/yy, hh:mm:ss ALMRES11
ALMRES12 Alarm Reset Event 12 mm/dd/yy, hh:mm:ss ALMRES12
ALMRES13 Alarm Reset Event 13 mm/dd/yy, hh:mm:ss ALMRES13
ALMRES14 Alarm Reset Event 14 mm/dd/yy, hh:mm:ss ALMRES14
ALMRES15 Alarm Reset Event 15 mm/dd/yy, hh:mm:ss ALMRES15
ALMRES16 Alarm Reset Event 16 mm/dd/yy, hh:mm:ss ALMRES16
ALMRES17 Alarm Reset Event 17 mm/dd/yy, hh:mm:ss ALMRES17
ALMRES18 Alarm Reset Event 18 mm/dd/yy, hh:mm:ss ALMRES18
ALMRES19 Alarm Reset Event 19 mm/dd/yy, hh:mm:ss ALMRES19
HARDWARE Hardware Information Menu
HARDWARE INPUTS Hardware inputs menu
OAT SENSOR VALUE Outdoor Air Temp Sensor xxx.x °F OAT_LOC
RAT SENSOR VALUE Return Air Temp Sensor xxx.x °F RAT_LOC
SPT SENSOR VALUE Space Temperature Sensor xxx.x °F SPT_LOC
SPTO SENSOR VALUE Local Space Temp Offset xxxx ΔF SPTO_LOC
SPRH SENSOR VALUE SPRH Sensor Value 0 to 100 % SPRH_LOC
OARH SENSOR VALUE OARH Sensor Value 0 to 100 % OARH_LOC
RARH SENSOR VALUE RARH Sensor Value 0 to 100 % RARH_LOC
IAQ SENSOR VALUE IAQ Sensor value xxxx PPM IAQ_LOC
OAQ SENSOR VALUE OAQ Sensor Value xxxx PPM OAQ_LOC
OACFM SENSOR VALUE OACFM Sensor value xxx.x CFM OCFM_LOC
ASSIGNED INPUTS/OUPUTS Assigned Input/Output Channels
ALARM RESET DATA Reset Alarm Resets Data Yes/ No Comma nd CR_ALRST
77
Page 78
APPENDIX A: SystemVut Controller Display
Service Main Menu Layout (cont)
DISPLAY TEXT EXPANDED DISPLAY TEXT VALUES UNITS WRITE STATUS POINT
HARDWARE (cont) Hardware Information Menu
AI06 FUNCTION Assigned AI06 Function 0=None,
AI07 FUNCTION Assigned AI07 Function MBBAI07F
AI08 FUNCTION Assigned AI08 Function MBBAI08F
DI02 FUNCTION Assigned DI02 Function 0=None,
MBB Y3 FUNCTION Assigned MBB Y3 Funct ion MBBDI09F
DI12 FUNCTION Assigned DI12 Function MBBDI12F
DI13 FUNCTION Assigned DI13 Function MBBDI13F
DI14 FUNCTION Assigned DI14 Function MBBDI14F
RELAY 06 FUNCTION Assigned Rly 06 Function 0=None,
RELAY 11 FUNCTION Assigned Rly 11 Function MBBRY11F
MBB PART # MBB Part Number CEPL131117--- xx---R BD_CEPL
MBB PP # MBB Program Part Number CEPP130644--- xx--- xx --- xx---R BD_CEPP
MBB SERIAL # Base Board serial number xxxxMxxxxx BD_SER
CALIBRATION Calibration Menu
OATTRIMOFFSET OAT Sensor Trim Offset ---10 to 10 °F Configurable OAT_TRIM
RAT TRIM OFFSET RAT Sensor Trim Offset ---30 to 30 °F Configurable RAT_TRIM
FST TRIM OFFSET FST Sensor Trim Offset --- 10 to 10 °F Configurable FST_TRIM
SPTTRIMOFFSET SPT Sensor Trim Offset --- 30 to 30 °F Configurable SPT_TRIM
SLIDER SEN. TRIM SPTO Sensor Offset Trim --- 1 t o 1 °F Configurable SPTOTRIM
SPRH TRIM OFFSET SPRH Sensor Trim Offset --- 15 to 15 % Configurable SPRHTRIM
IAQ TRIM OFFSET IAQ sensor trim offset --- 200 to 200 PPM Configurable IAQ_TRIM
OAQ TRIM OFFSET OAQ Sensor Trim Offset --- 200 to 200 PPM Configurable OAQ_TRIM
OARH TRIM OFFSET OARH Sensor Trim Offset --- 15 to 15 % Configurable OARHTRIM
RARH TRIM OFFSET RARH Sensor Trim Offset --- 15 to 15 % Configurable RARH TRIM
CIR.A SSP TRIM Cir.A SSP Sensor Trim --- 50 to 50 PSI Configurable SSPATRIM
CIR.A SDP TRIM Cir.A SDP Sensor Trim ---50 to 50 PSI Configurable SDPATRIM
ECO FEEDBACK TRIM Econ Fdback Trim Offset ---15 to 15 % Configurable EC1DTRIM
OACFMTRIMOFFSET OACFM sensor trim offset --- 200 to 200 CFM Configurable OCFMTRIM
COMMISSION REPORTS Commission Report Menu
SYSTEM STARTUP CHECKLIST SYSTEM STARTUP CHECKLIST MENU
QUICK SET CHKLIST QUICK SETUP CHECKLIST 0=Undone,
NETWORK CHKLIST NETWORK SETUP CHECKLIST 0=Undone,
SYSTEM AUTOTEST Checklist Auto Test 0=Undone,
ADVANCED SERVICE Advanced Service Restricted Access Menu
RESTORE DEFAULTS? KEEPCONFIG SCREEN POP --- UP Yes/N o Command RESFDFLT
EDIT MODEL NUMBER Edit Equipment Model Number
EDIT SER NUMBER Edit Equip Ser Num Menu
CLEAR COMPONENT DATA RESET COMPONENT DATA MENU
2POS/ERV DATA Reset 2Position/ERV Data Ye s /No Command CR_ERV2P
COMP A1 DATA Reset Compressor A1 Da ta Ye s/N o Command CR_A1
ALARM RELAY DATA Reset Alarm Rela y Data Ye s/N o Command CR_ALM
CCH RELAY DATA Reset CCH1 Relay Data Ye s / No Command CR_ CCHR1
ECON DAMPER DATA Reset Econ Damper Data Yes/ No Command CR_DAMP
FULL LOAD DATA Reset Full Load Data Yes / No Command CR_FLOAD
FREE COOL DATA Reset Free Cooling Data Ye s/N o Command CR_FREEC
HEAT 1 D ATA ResetHeatStage1Data Yes /No Command CR_HTR_1
1=IAQ, 2=OARH, 3=RARH, 4=OAQ, 5=SPRH, 6=OACFM
1=COFS, 2=REMOCC, 3=REMOFF, 4=FILTER, 5=ENTHALPY, 6=GEN STAT, 7=HUMIDISTAT, 8=IAQOVRD, 9=FANSTATUS, 10=PHASEMON
1=ALM Relay, 2=PE1 ,3=PE2
1=Perform, 2=Done
1=Perform, 2=Done
1=Perform, 2=Done
Configurable CHK_QUIK
Configurable CHK_NET
Configurable CHK_ATST
MBBAI06F
MBBDI02F
MBBRY06F
78
Page 79
APPENDIX A: SystemVut Controller Display
Service Main Menu Layout (cont)
DISPLAY TEXT EXPANDED DISPLAY TEXT VALUES UNITS WRITE STATUS POINT
ADVANCED SERVICE (cont) Advanced Service Restricted Access Menu
HEAT 2 D ATA ResetHeatStage2Data Yes /No Command CR_HTR_2
IDF RUN DATA Reset Indoor Fan Data Ye s /N o Command CR_IDF
ODF RELAY DATA Reset ODF Speed Relay Yes /N o Command CR_OFR
IDF MAX SPD DATA Reset Max Fan Speed Data Yes / No Command CR_MAXF
PE1 RELAY DATA Reset Pwr Exhaust 1 Data Ye s /No Command CR_PE_1
PE2 RELAY DATA Reset Pwr Exhaust 2 Data Ye s /No Command CR_PE_2
POWER RESET DATA Reset Power Resets Data Ye s/N o Command CR_POR
TEST MODE DATA Reset Service Test Data Ye s/ N o Command CR_STEST
VENT IDF DATA ResetVentIDFData Yes / No Command CR_ VENTF
RESTRICTED ACCESS Restricted Access Only
IDF CURVE LO PWM IDF Curve Low End PWM 0 to 100 % Configura ble IFMLOPWM
IDF CURVE HI PWM IDF Curve High End PWM 0 to 100 % Configurable IFMHIPWM
MIN SPEED TIME IDF Start Speed Time xxx sec Configurable IDFSSTIM
MIN START SPEED IDF Min Start RPM xxxx RPM Configurable IDFSTSPD
79
Page 80
APPENDIX A: SystemVut Controller Display
Inputs Main Menu Layout
DISPLAY TEXT EXPANDED DISPLAY TEXT VALUES UNITS WRITE STATUS POINT
INPUTS Inputs Menu
TEMPERATURES Temperatures Menu
SUPPLY AIR TEMP Supply Air Temperature xxx..x °F SAT
OUTDOOR AIR TEMP Outdoor Air Temperature xxx.x °F For cible OAT
RETURN AIR TEMP Return Air Temperature xxx.x °F Forcible RAT
SPACE TEMPERATURE Space Temperature xxx.x °F For cible SPACE_T
SLIDER OFFSET VAL Space Temperature Offset xx.x ΔF For cible SPTO
CIR.A SUC TEMP Cir.A Sat.Suction T emp xxx.x °F SST_A
CIR.A DIS. TEMP Cir.A Sat.Discharge Temp xxx.x °F SDT_A
FAN SUPPLY TEMP Fan Supply Air Temp xxx.x °F FST
PRESSURES Pressures Menu
CIR.A SUC. PRESS Cir.A Suction Pressure xxx.x PSI SSP_A
CIR.A DIS. PRESS Cir.A Discharge Pressure xxx.x PSI SDP_ A
CIR.A PRESS RATIO Circuit A Pressure Ratio xx.xx CIRA_PR
BAROMETRIC PRESS Barometric Pressure xx.xx Hg Forcible BARP
THERMOSTAT Thermostat Inputs menu
TSTAT G INPUT Thermost at G Input On/Off Forcibl e G
TSTAT Y1 INPUT Thermostat Y1 Input On/Off For cible Y1
TSTAT Y2 INPUT Thermostat Y2 Input On/Off For cible Y2
TSTAT W1 INPUT Thermostat W1 Input On/Off For cible W1
TSTAT W2 INPUT Thermostat W2 Input On/Off For cible W2
SWITCH INPUTS Switch Inputs Menu
IGC FAN REQUEST IG C Fan On Request (IFO) On/Off IGC_IFO
CIR.A HPS Cir.A High Pre ssure Sw Open/Close CIRA_HPS
HUMIDISTAT Humidistat Input On/Off Forcible HUMDSTAT
IDF LIMIT SWITCH IDF Manual Limit Switch Open/Close IDF_LSM
FIRE SHUTDOWN Fire Shutdo wn Swit ch Alarm/Normal Forcible FIREDOWN
COFS COFS Switch State High/Low Forcib le COFS
PHASE MONITOR SW Phase Monitor Switch Alarm/Normal Forcible PMR_STAT
FILTER STATUS SW Filter Status Sw itch Dirty/Clean Forcibl e FILTSTAT
REMOTE OCC SWITCH Remote Occupancy Switch On/Off Forcible REMOCC
REMOTE SHUTDOWN Remot e Shutdo wn Swit ch On/Off Forcible REMSHUT
FAN STATUS SWITCH Fan Status Switch On/Off Forcible FAN_STAT
GENERAL STATUS SW General Status Switch Alarm/Normal Fo rcible GENSTAT
IAQ OVRRD SWITCH IAQ Override Switch On/Off Forcible IAQ_OVRS
ENTHALPY SWITCH Enthalpy Switch High/Low For cible ENTH_SW
ANALOG INPUTS ANALOG Inputs Menu
ECON ACT POSITION Damper Actual Position 0 to 100 % DAMPPOS
SPRH LEVEL Space Relative Humidity 0 to 100 % Fo rcible SPRH
OARH LEVEL OA Relative Humidity 0 to 100 % Fo rcib le OARH
RARH LEVEL RA Relative Humidity 0 to 100 % Forcible RARH
IAQ LEVEL Indoor Air Quality Level xxxx PPM For cible IAQ
OAQ LEVEL OA Quality Level xxxx PPM Forcible OAQ
OUTDOOR AIR CFM Outdoor Air in CFM 0 to 8000 CFM Forcible OACFM
GENERAL INPUTS General Inputs Menu
FILTER TIME LEFT Filter hour remaining xxxx hrs FILTLEFT
RESET FILTER TIME Reset Filter Timer Yes / No Command RESETFLT
OUTDOOR ENTHALPY Outdoor Air Enthalpy --- 9.6 to 334.2 BTU/LB Forcib le OA_ENTH
RETURN ENTHALPY Return Air Enthalpy --- 9.6 to 334.2 BTU/LB Forcible RA_ENTH
DIFF AIR QUALITY Differential Air Quality --- 5000 to 5000 PPM AQ_DIFF
NETWORK Network Menu
BMS OCC REQUEST BMS Occupancy Request 0=UNOCC,
LINKAGE OCC REQ Linkage Occupied Request 0=Unocc,
OAT NETWORK VALUE Network OAT Value xxx.x °F Forci ble OAT_NET
RAT NETWORK VALUE Network Return Air Temp xxx.x °F Forcible RAT_NET
SPT NETWORK VAL . Netwo rk Space Temp Value xxx.x °F For cible SPT_NET
SPRH NETWORK VAL Network SPRH Value 0 to 100 % Fo rcible SPRH_NET
OARH NETWORK VAL. Network OARH Value 0 to 100 % For cible OARH_NET
RARH NETWORK VAL. Network RARH Value 0 to 100 % Forcible RARH_NET
IAQ NETWORK VALUE Network IAQ Value xxxx PPM For cible IAQ_NET
OAQ NETWORK VALUE Net work OAQ Value xxxx PPM Forcible OAQ_NET
1=OCCUPIED, 2=DISABLED
1=Occupied, 2=Disabled
Forcible BMS_OCC
Forcible LNK_OCC
80
Page 81
APPENDIX A: SystemVut Controller Display
Inputs Main Menu Layout (cont)
DISPLAY TEXT EXPANDED DISPLAY TEXT VALUES UNITS WRITE STATUS POINT
NETWORK (cont) Network Menu
OACFM NETWORK VAL Net work OACFM Value xxx.x CFM Forcible OCFM_NET
ZS SENSOR INFO ZS Sensor Information
ZS SPACE TEMP Zone Sensor Temp Out 0 °F ZSZT
ZS SPACE RH Zone Sensor Humidity Out 0 % ZSSPRH
ZS SPOFFSET ZS Setpoint OffsetOutput 0 ΔF ZSSPTO
ZS OVR TIME LEFT ZS Override time remain 0 min ZSOTR
ZS TEMPERATURE ZS Space Temperature
ZS1 TEMPERATURE Zo ne Sensor 1 Temp 0 °F ZS1ZT
ZS2 TEMPERATURE ZS2 Temperature 0 °F ZS2ZT
ZS3 TEMPERATURE ZS3 Temperature 0 °F ZS3ZT
ZS4 TEMPERATURE ZS4 Temperature 0 °F ZS4ZT
ZS5 TEMPERATURE ZS5 Temperature 0 °F ZS5ZT
ZS HUMIDITY ZS Space Humidity
ZS1 HUMIDITY ZS1 Humidity 0 % ZS1ZHUM
ZS2 HUMIDITY ZS2 Humidity 0 % ZS2ZHUM
ZS3 HUMIDITY ZS3 Humidity 0 % ZS3ZHUM
ZS4 HUMIDITY ZS4 Humidity 0 % ZS4ZHUM
ZS5 HUMIDITY ZS5 Humidity 0 % ZS5ZHUM
ZS CSP OFFSET ZS Cool Set Point Offset
ZS1 CSP OFFSET ZS1 cool setpoint offset 0 ΔF ZS1C SOFF
ZS2 CSP OFFSET ZS2 cool setpoint offset 0 ΔF ZS2C SOFF
ZS3 CSP OFFSET ZS3 cool setpoint offset 0 ΔF ZS3C SOFF
ZS4 CSP OFFSET ZS4 cool setpoint offset 0 ΔF ZS4C SOFF
ZS5 CSP OFFSET ZS5 cool setpoint offset 0 ΔF ZS5C SOFF
ZS HSP OFFSET ZS Heat Set Point Offset
ZS1 HSP OFFSET ZS1 Heat Setpoint Offset 0 ΔF ZS1HSOFF
ZS2 HSP OFFSET ZS2 Heat Setpoint Offset 0 ΔF ZS2HSOFF
ZS3 HSP OFFSET ZS3 Heat Setpoint Offset 0 ΔF ZS3HSOFF
ZS4 HSP OFFSET ZS4 Heat Setpoint Offset 0 ΔF ZS4HSOFF
ZS5 HSP OFFSET ZS5 Heat Setpoint Offset 0 ΔF ZS5HSOFF
ZS OCC TIME OVER ZS Occ Timed Override
ZS1 OCC TIME OVER ZS1 Override time remain 0 min ZS1OTR
ZS2 OCC TIME OVER ZS2 Override time remain 0 min ZS2OTR
ZS3 OCC TIME OVER ZS3 Override time remain 0 min ZS3OTR
ZS4 OCC TIME OVER ZS4 Override time remain 0 min ZS4OTR
ZS5 OCC TIME OVER ZS5 Override time remain 0 min ZS5OTR
81
Page 82
APPENDIX A: SystemVut Controller Display
Outputs Main Menu Layout
DISPLAY TEXT EXPANDED DISPLAY TEXT VALUES UNITS WRITE STATUS POINT
OUTPUTS Outputs Menu
GENERAL OUTPUTS General Outputs Menu
COMMANDED IDF RPM IDF Commanded RPM xxxx RPM FSPD_RPM
ECON CMD POSITION Econo Commanded Position 0 to 100 % Fo rcib le DAMPCMD
CCH RELAY CCH Relay 1 State On/Off CCHR1
PE1 RELAY Power Exhaust 1 Relay On/Off Forcible PE1
PE2 RELAY Power Exhaust 2 Relay On/Off Forcible PE2
ALARM RELAY Alarm Output Relay State On/Off Forcible ALMOUT
2POS/ERV RELAY 2 --- Pos Damper/ERV relay On/Off Forcible ERV_2POS
COOLING OUTPUTS Cooling Outputs Menu
COMPRESSOR A1 Circuit A Compressor 1 On/Off COMP_ A1
COMP A LOADER Circuit A CMP A1 Loa der On/Off COMP_ALD
ODF SPEED RELAY Outdoor Fan Speed Relay On/Off OFR
RH DISCH VALVE Reheat Dischg Valve CirA On/Off RDV_A
RH LIQUID VALVE Reheat Liquid Valve CirA On/Off RLV_A
COOL LIQUID VALVE Cooling Liq Valve CirA On/Off CLV_A
HEATING OUTPUTS Heating Outputs Menu
HEAT 1 RELAY Heat Stage 1 Relay On/Off HEAT_1
HEAT 2 RELAY Heat Stage 2 Relay On/Off HEAT_2
USB Main Menu Layout
DISPLAY TEXT EXPANDED DISPLAY TEXT VALUES UNITS WRITE STATUS POINT
USB USB Menu
DATA ACQUISITION Data Acquisition Menu
TREND STATUS USB TREND STATUS 0=IDLE,
TREND DURATION USB TREND DURATION 0=1 MINUTE,
TREND RATE USB TREND RATE 1 t o 300 Comma nd TRNDRATE
TREND POINTS FROM USB TREND POINTS FROM 0=FILE,
TREND FROM USB FILE? TREND FROM USB FILE MENU
TREND FROM PRELIST? TREND FROM PRELIST MENU
EQUIP PERFORMANCE TREND EQUIP PERFORMANCE On/Off Command TRNDEQPR
GEN. INPUT/O UTPUT TREND GEN INPUTS/OUTPUTS On/Off Command TRNDIO
COOL PERFORMANCE TREND COOL PERFORMANCE On/Off Command TRNDCLPR
HEAT PERFORMANCE TREND HEAT PERFORMANCE On/Off Command TRNDH TPR
COOL DIAGNOSTIC TREND COOLING DIAGNOSTIC On/Off Command TRNDCLDG
IDF DIAGNOSTIC TREND IDF DIAGNOSTIC On/Off Command TRNDIDF
VENT DIAGNOSTIC TREND VENTILATION On/Off Command TRNDVENT
TREND GO? Start USB Trending Yes/ No Command TREND_EN
SAVE CONFIGS TO FILE Save Configuration to file
SAVE CONFIGS Make Config Backup File Start/Stop Command DDBCKUP
SAVE CONFIG STATUS Backup File is ready 0=IDLE,
SAVE CONFIGS FROM FILE Save Configuration from file
FIND CONF IG FILE USB Find Restore File Ye s/ N o Command BACKFILE
FILE TRANSFER File Transfer Menu
BACKUP SERVICE FILES BACKUP SERVICE FILES
UPGRADE SOFTWARE Upgrade Software Menu
FIND APPLICATION FILE USB search for app file Ye s/ N o Command APPFILE
1=TRENDING, 2=NO POINTS, 3=USB FULL
1=5 MINUTES, 2=15 MINUTES, 3=30 MINUTES, 4=1 HOUR, 5=3 HOURS, 6=8 HOURS, 7=12 HOURS, 8=1 DAYS, 9=1.5 DAYS, 10=2 DAYS, 11=3 DAYS, 12=5 DAYS, 13=1 WEEK, 14=2 WEEK, 15=4 WEEK, 16=USB FULL
1=LIST
1=SUCCESS, 2=FAILURE
Command TRNDDUR
Command TRNDPNTS
TRNDSTAT
BACKUP_R
82
Page 83
APPENDIX B: SystemVut Controller Text Point Reference
SystemVu Display Name = MODE
SystemVu Text point = MODETEXT
SystemVu Numeric point = SYSMODE
MODETEXT
OFF 1
COOL 2
HEAT 3
VENT 4
TEST 5
SystemVu Display Name = SUB---MODE
SystemVu Text point = SU BMTEXT
SystemVu Numeric point = SUB_MODE
SUBMTEXT
ECON FREE COOLING 3
UNOCC. FREE COOL 4
MECH. COOLNG 5
ECON/MECH COOLING 6
DEHUM/MECH COOLING 7
DEHUMIDIFYING 8
DEHUM PREVENTED 9
COOLING PREVENTED 10
SHUT TING COOL OFF 11
HEATING 13
HEATING PREVENTED 14
SHUTTING HEAT OFF 15
OA TEMPERING 16
MODE TIMEGUARD 19, 26
SUPPLY FAN ON 20
MANUAL TEST 23
AUTO TEST 24
SHUTTING TEST OFF 25
IDLE --- NO DEMAND 27
UNIT DISABLED 28
URGENT SHUTDOWN 29
SAFETY CONTROL 30
STARTING UP 31
SYS_MODE
SUB_MODE
SystemVu Display Name = VENT MODE
SystemVu Text point = VENT TEXT
SystemVu Numeric point = VENTSTAT
VENTTEXT
SUPPLY FAN OFF 0
CIRCULATION 1
P R E --- O C C P U R G E 2
IAQ OVERRIDE 3
MINIMUM POSITION 4
UNDER VENTILATION 5
OVER VENTILATION 6
DCV POSITION 7
FREECOOL POSITION 8
TESTING 9
SystemVu Display Name = DEMAND
SystemVu Text point = SYS_DMDT
SystemVu Numeric point = SYS_DMD
SYSDMDT
NO DEMAND 0
DEHUM 4, 12
FAN ONLY 8
LOW COOL 17, 25
MED COOL 18, 26
HIGH COOL 19, 27
LOW COOL DEHUM 21, 29
MED COOL DEHUM 22, 30
HIGH COOL DEHUM 23, 31
LOW HEAT 33, 37, 41, 45
HIGH HEAT 35, 39, 43, 47
SERVICE TEST 49
SHUTDOWN 65
SAFETY FAULT 66
EMERGENCY 67
UFC LOW COOL 81
UFC MED COOL 82
LOW UFC DEHUM 85
MED UFC DEHUM 86
HIGH UFC DEHUM 87
UFC HIGH COOL 83
SUP.AIRTEMPE RING 129, 137
VENTSTAT
SYS_DMD
83
Page 84
APPENDIX C: Navigatort Display
MODE -- RUN STATUS
RUN STATUS Run Status Men\u
VIEW View Menu
MODE Opera ting Mode see Appendix B MODETEXT
SUBM O p e r a t i n g S u b --- M o d e see Appendix B SUBMTEXT
S.DMD System Demand see Appendix B SYS_ DMDT
LINK Linkage Act ive Yes / No Forci ble LNK_ACT
OCC Currently Occupied Ye s/ N o For cible OCCUPIED
SAT Supply Air Temperature xxx..x °F SAT
COOL Cooling Status Menu
RDHL Requested Dehum Level 0=None,
MC.ON Mechanical Cool active? Yes / No MECHCOOL
MAX.C Max Allowed Cool Stages 0to3 Forcible MAXCSTGS
REQ.C Requested Cooling Stages 0to3 REQCSTGS
ACT.C Actual Cool Stage Active x ACTCSTGS
TG.A1 Compressor A1 Timeguard xxx se c TIMGD_A1
TG.AL Comp A1 Loader Timeguard xxx sec TIMG_ALD
FC.ON Free Cooling active Ye s/ N o FREECOOL
REQ.D Requested Damper Pos 0 to 100 % REQDAMP
HEAT Heating Status Menu
REQ.H Requested Heating Stages 0to2 REQHSTGS
ACT.H Actual Heat Stage Active x ACTHSTGS
MAX.H Max Allowed Heat Stages 0to2 Forcible MAXHSTGS
TG.H1 Heat Stage 1 Timeguard xxx sec TIMGD_H1
TG.H2 Heat Stage 2 Timeguard xxx sec TIMGD_H2
VENT Ventilation Status Menu
VENT Ventilation Status see Appendix B VENTTEXT
EC.MP MinPositioninEffect 0 to 100 % Forcible MIN_POS
OCC Currently Occupied Ye s/ N o For cible OCCUPIED
A.IO ASSIGNED INPUTS/OUPUTS
AI06 Assigned AI06 Function 0=None,
AI07 Assigned AI07 Function 0=None,
AI08 Assigned AI08 Function 0=None,
DI02 Assigned DI02 Function 0=None,
DI.Y3 Assigned MBB Y3 Function 0=None,
ITEM EXPANSION VALUES UNIT WRITE STATUS POINT
1=Subcool, 2=Reheat
1=IAQ, 2=OARH, 3=RARH, 4=OAQ, 5=SPRH, 6=OACFM
1=IAQ, 2=OARH, 3=RARH, 4=OAQ ,5=SPRH, 6=OACFM
1=IAQ, 2=OARH, 3=RARH, 4=OAQ, 5=SPRH, 6=OACFM
1=COFS, 2=REMOCC 3=REMOFF, 4=FILTER, 5=ENTHALPY, 6=GEN STAT, 7=HUMIDISTAT, 8=IAQOVRD, 9=FANSTATUS, 10=PHASEMON
1=COFS, 2=REMOCC, 3=REMOFF, 4=FILTER, 5=ENTHALPY, 6=GEN STAT, 7=HUMIDISTAT, 8=IAQOVRD, 9=FANSTATUS, 10=PHASEMON
REQDHLEV
MBBAI06F
MBBAI07F
MBBAI08F
MBBDI02F
MBBDI09F
84
Page 85
APPENDIX C: Navigatort Display
MODE -- RUN STATUS (cont)
ITEM EXPANSION VALUES UNIT WRITE STATUS POINT
A.IO (cont) ASSIGNED INPUTS/OUPUTS
DI12 Assigned DI12 Function 0=None,
DI13 Assigned DI13 Function 0=None,
DI14 Assigned DI14 Function 0=None,
RY06 Assigned Rly 06 Function 0=None,
RY11 Assigned Rly 11 Function 0=None,
VERS Versions Menu
MODL Equipment Mode l number xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx EQ_MOD
SERL Equipment Seria l number xxxxxxxxxx EQ_SER
SW Application SW Version text FW_CESR
BOOT Bootloader SW Version text BL_CESR
1=COFS, 2=REMOCC, 3=REMOFF, 4=FILTER, 5=ENTHALPY, 6=GEN STAT, 7=HUMIDISTAT, 8=IAQOVRD, 9=FANSTATUS, 10=PHASEMON
1=COFS, 2=REMOCC, 3=REMOFF, 4=FILTER, 5=ENTHALPY, 6=GEN STAT, 7=HUMIDISTAT, 8=IAQOVRD, 9=FANSTATUS, 10=PHASEMON
1=COFS, 2=REMOCC, 3=REMOFF, 4=FILTER, 5=ENTHALPY, 6=GEN STAT, 7=HUMIDISTAT, 8=IAQOVRD, 9=FANSTATUS, 10=PHASEMON
1=ALM Relay, 2=PE1, 3=PE2
1=ALM Relay, 2=PE1, 3=PE2
MBBDI12F
MBBDI13F
MBBDI14F
MBBRY06F
MBBRY11F
85
Page 86
APPENDIX C: Navigatort Display
MODE -- SERVICE TEST
ITEM EXPANSION VALUES UNIT WRITE STATUS POINT
SERVICE TEST Service Test Menu
TEST ServiceTestModeEnable On/Off
INDP INDEPENDENT TEST MENU
DAMP Economizer Position Test 0 to 100 % S_DAMPER
BMP1 Compressor Bump A1 Test On/Off S_BMPA1
RDV.A Rht Dischg Valve Rly Tst On/Off S_RDV_A
RL.VA Reheat Liq Valv Rly Test On/Off S_ RLV_A
CL.VA Cooling Liq Valv Test On/Off S_CLV_A
CCH1 Crankcase Heater 1 test On/Off S_CCHR1
ALRM Alarm Output Relay Test On/Off S_ALARM
PE1 Pow er Exhaust 1 Test On/Off S_PE_1
PE2 Pow er Exhaust 2 Test On/Off S_PE_2
2P.EV 2Position/ERV Relay Test On/Off S_ERV2P
FAN FAN TESTS
IDFS Indoor Fan Speed Test 0 to 100 % S_IDFSPD
IF.SP Converted IDF Speed 0 to 5000 RPM IFRPMTST
IF.TR IDF Manual Transition Ye s/N o S_IDFTRN
COOL Cooling Test Menu
CL.A1 Cooling W/Comp.A1 Test On/Off S_COOLA1
CL.AL Cooling W/Comp.ALD Test On/Off S_COLALD
IDFS Indoor Fan Speed Test 0 to 100 % S_IDFSPD
OFR ODF Speed Relay Test On/Off S_ OFRSPD
HUM.T Humidimizer Level Test 0=Off,
HEAT Heating Test Menu
HT.1 Heating Stage 1 Test On/Off S_HEAT1
HT.2 Heating Stage 2 Test On/Off S_HEAT2
IDFS Indoor Fan Speed Test 0 to 100 % S_IDFSPD
1=Subcool, 2=Reheat
S_HMZLEV
86
Page 87
APPENDIX C: Navigatort Display
MODE -- TEMPERATURES
ITEM EXPANSION VALUES UNITS
TEMPERATURES Temperature Menu
SAT Supply Air Temperature xxx..x °F SAT
OAT Outdoor Air Temperature xxx.x °F Forcible OAT
RAT Return Air Temperature xxx.x °F Forcible RAT
SPT Space Temperature xxx.x °F Forcib le SPACE_T
SPTO Space Temperature Offset xx.x ΔF Forcible SPTO
SST.A Cir.A Sat.Suction Temp xxx.x °F SST_A
SDT.A Cir.A Sat.Discharge Temp xxx.x °F SDT_A
FST Fan Supply Air Temp xxx.x °F FST
MODE -- PRESSURES
ITEM EXPANSION VALUES UNITS
PRESSURES Pressures Menu
SSP.A Cir. A Suction Pressure xxx.x PSI SSP_A
SDP.A Cir. A Discharge Pressure xxx.x PSI SDP_A
PR.A Circuit A Pressure Ratio xx.xx CIRA_PR
BARP Barometric Pressure xx.xx For cible BARP
MODE -- SETPOINTS
ITEM EXPANSION VALUES UNITS DEFAULT POINT
SETPOINTS Setpoint Menu
OCSP Occupied Cool Setpoint 55 to 80 °F 78 OCSP
OHSP Occupied Heat Setpoint 55 to 80 °F 68 OHSP
UCSP Unoccupied Cool Setpoint 65 to 95 °F 85 UCSP
UHSP Unoccupied Heat Setpoint 40 t o 80 °F 60 UHSP
GAP Heat --- Cool Setpoint Gap 2to10 °F 5 HCSP_GAP
STO.R SPT Offset Range (+/ --- ) 0to5 °F 5 SPTO_RNG
RH.OS Occupied SPRH Set point 0 to 100 % 50 SPRH_OSP
RH.US Unoccupied SPRH Setpoint 0 to 100 % 80 SPRH_USP
RH.DB Space RH Deadband 2to20 % 8 SPRH_DB
WRITE
STATUS
WRITE
STATUS
POINT
POINT
87
Page 88
APPENDIX C: Navigatort Display
MODE -- INPUTS
ITEM EXPANSION VALUES UNITS
INPUTS Inputs Menu
STAT Thermostat Inputs menu
G Thermosta t G Input On/Off Forcibl e G
Y1 Thermostat Y1 Input On/Off Forcib le Y1
Y2 Thermostat Y2 Input On/Off Forcib le Y2
W1 Thermostat W1 Input On/Off For cible W1
W2 Thermostat W2 Input On/Off For cible W2
SW Switch Inputs Menu
IFO IGC Fan On Request (IFO) On/Off IGC_IFO
HPS.A Cir.A High Pressure Sw Open/Close CIRA_HPS
HUMD Humidistat Input On/Off Forcible HUMDSTAT
F. L S M IDF Manual Limit Switch Open/Close IDF_LSM
FDWN Fire Shutdown Switch Alarm/Normal Forcible FIREDOWN
COFS COFS Switch State High/Low Forcible COFS
PMR Phase Monitor Switch Alarm/Normal PMR_STAT
FIL.S Filter Status Switch Dirty/Clean Forcible FILTSTAT
RM.OC Remote Occupancy Switch On/Off Forcible REMOCC
R.OFF Remote Shutdown Switch On/Off Fo rcib le REMSHUT
FAN.S Fan Status Switch On/Off FAN_ STAT
GEN.S General Status Switch Alarm/Normal Forci ble GENSTAT
IAQ.O IAQ Override Switch On/Off Forcible IAQ_OVRS
ENTH Enthalpy Switch High/Low Fo rcib le ENTH_SW
AIS ANALOG Inputs Menu
EC.AP Damper Actual Position 0 to 100 % DAMPPOS
SPRH Space Relative Humidity 0 to 100 % Forci ble SPRH
OARH OA Relative Humidity 0 to 100 % Forcible OARH
RARH RA Relative Humidity 0 to 100 % Forcible RARH
IAQ Indoor Air Quality Level xxxx PPM Forci ble IAQ
OAQ OA Quality Level xxxx PPM Forcible OAQ
OCFM Outdoor Air in CFM 0 to 8000 CFM Forci ble OACFM
GEN General Inputs Menu
FT.RM Filter hour remaining xxxx hrs FILTLEFT
R.FLT Reset Filter Timer Yes / No RESETFLT
OAE Outdoor Air Enthalpy --- 9.6 to 334.2 Forcible OA_ENTH
RAE Return Air Enthalpy --- 9.6 to 334.2 For cible RA_ENTH
DF.AQ Differential Air Quality --- 5000 to 5000 PPM AQ_DIFF
WRITE
STATUS
POINT
88
Page 89
APPENDIX C: Navigatort Display
MODE -- OUTPUTS
ITEM EXPANSION VALUES UNITS
OUTPUTS Outputs Menu
GEN General Outputs Menu
C.SPD IDF Commanded RPM 0 to 3000 RPM FSPD_RPM
EC.CP Econo Commanded Position 0 to 100 % Forcible DAMPCMD
CCH CCH Relay 1 State On/Off CCHR1
PE.1 Power Exhaust 1 Relay On/Off Forcible PE1
PE.2 Power Exhaust 2 Relay On/Off Forcible PE2
ALRM Alarm Output Relay State On/Off Forcibl e ALMOUT
EV2P 2 --- Pos Damper/ERV relay On/Off ERV_2POS
COOL Cooling Outputs Menu
C.A1 Circuit A Compressor 1 On/Off COMP_A1
C.AL Circuit A CMP A1 Loader On/Off COMP_ALD
OFR Outdoor Fan Speed Relay On/Off OFR
RDV.A Reheat Dischg Valve CirA On/Off RDV_A
RLV.A Reheat Liquid Valve CirA On/Off RLV_A
CLV.A Cooling Liq Valve CirA On/Off CLV_A
HEAT Heat ing Outputs Menu
HT.1 Heat Stage 1 Relay On/Off HEAT_1
HT.2 Heat Stage 2 Relay On/Off HEAT_2
WRITE
STATUS
POINT
89
Page 90
APPENDIX C: Navigatort Display
MODE -- CONFIGURATIONS
ITEM EXPANSION VALUES UNITS WRITE STATUS POINT
CONFIGURATION Configuration
GEN GENERAL
S.DLY Unit Startup Delay 10 to 600 sec 30 STARTDLY
U.CTL Unit Control Type 0=TSTAT,
T. C T L Thermostat Hardware Type 0=CONV 2C2H,
VNT.C Ventilation Method 0=NONE,
FT.TM Change Filter Timer 0 to 9999 hrs 600 FILTLIFE
T. T O Test Inactivity Time Out 0=Disabled,
CA.LO CircuitALockoutTemp --- 20 to 75 °F 40: no FIOP
N.HTR Number Of Heating Stages 0to2 2: all except below
HT.LO Heating Lockout Temp 40 to 125 °F 75 OATLHEAT
I.FAN INDOOR FAN
S.MAX IDF Maximum Fan Speed 0 t o 100 % 100 SPEEDMAX
S.VNT IDF Vent Speed--- RPM 0 to 3000 RPM sa me a s S.LCL RPM_VENT
S.HT IDF Heat Speed--- RPM 0 to 3000 RPM same as S.HCL RPM_HEAT
S.LCL IDF Low Cool Speed--- RPM 0 t o 3000 RPM 1106: Size 04 Standard Static Fan
S.HCL IDF High Cool Speed---RPM 0 to 3000 RPM 1474: Size 04 Standard Static Fan
S.FCL IDF Free Cool Speed---RPM 0 to 3000 RPM same as S.LCL RPM_FCL
1=SPACE SEN, 2=RAT SEN
1=DIGI 2C2H, 2=CONV 3C2H, 3=DIGI 3C2H
1=ECON, 2=2POS DMPR, 3=ERV, 4=ECON ERV
1=30 minutes, 2=1 hour, 3=2 hours, 4=4 hours, 5=8 hours, 6=12 hours
0=TSTAT CTRLTYPE
0 = CONV 2C2H ST ATTYPE
0: No FIOP 1: Economizer FIOP 2: Two Position Damper FIOP
4 TEST_ ITO
0: Humidi---MiZerFIOPorLowAmbient
FIOP
0: 50 Series without FIOP heaters 1: 48 Series single phase power,
Low Nox Gas Heat, 48FC 04--- 07 Low Heat, 48FC 05--- 07 Med Heat, 50GC 04-- -06 Low Heat, 50GC 04-- -05 Med Heat, 50GC 04 High Heat 230v 3ph and 460v, 50GC 05 High Heat 230v 3ph, 50GC 06 Med Heat 460v and 575v
1281: Size 04 Medium Static Fan 1457: Size 04 High Static Fan 1112: Size 05 Standard Static Fan 1269: Size 05 Medium Static Fan 1439: Size 05 High Static Fan 230v 1 ph 1556: Size 05 High Static Fan 230v 3ph,
460v, 575v 1258: Size 06 Standard Static Fan 1398: Size 06 Medium Static Fan 1556: Size 06 High Static Fan 230v 1 ph 1659: Size 06 High Static Fan 230v 3ph,
460v, 575v 1184: Size 07 Standard Static Fan 1302: Size 07 Medium Static Fan 1460: Size 07 High Static Fan
1708: Size 04 Medium Static Fan 1942: Size 04 High Static Fan 1482: Size 05 Standard Static Fan 1693: Size 05 Medium Static Fan 1919: Size 05 High Static Fan 230v 1 ph 2075: Size 05 High Static Fan 230v 3ph,
460v, 575v 1677: Size 06 Standard Static Fan 1864: Size 06 Medium Static Fan 2075: Size 06 High Static Fan 230v 1 ph 2212: Size 06 High Static Fan 230v 3ph,
460v, 575v 1794: Size 07 Standard Static Fan 1973: Size 07 Medium Static Fan 2212: Size 07 High Static Fan
VENTTYPE
OATLCMPA
NUMHSTGS
RPM_LCL
RPM_HCL
90
Page 91
APPENDIX C: Navigatort Display
MODE -- CONFIGURATIONS (cont)
ITEM EXPANSION VALUES UNITS WRITE STATUS POINT
ECON ECONOMIZER
VNT.C Ventilation Method 0=NONE,
FC.MX Free Cooling Max OAT 0to90 °F 65 MAXFREET
EC.MX Econ Max Damper Position 0 to 100 % 100 DAMPMAX
MIN.P MINIMUM POSITION CONFIGS
MP.MX Econ Min at Max Fanspeed 0 to 100 % 30 MINP_MAX
MP.S1 Min Pos --- User Speed 1 0 to 100 % 0 MP_USPD1
MP.D1 M i n P o s --- U s e r P o s 1 0 to 100 % 0 MP_UPOS1
MP.S2 Min Pos --- User Speed 2 0 to 100 % 0 MP_USPD2
MP.D2 M i n P o s --- U s e r P o s 2 0 to 100 % 0 MP_UPOS2
MP.S3 Min Pos --- User Speed 3 0 to 100 % 0 MP_USPD3
MP.D3 M i n P o s --- U s e r P o s 3 0 to 100 % 0 MP_UPOS3
NET NETWORK SETTINGS
BAS BAS Protocol Select 0=NONE,
NW.TO Network Input Timeout 0 to 600 min 30 NETINTO
CCN CCN
CCN.B CCN Bus number 0 to 239 0 CCNBUS
CCN.A CCN Element Number 1 to 239 1 CCNADD
BAUD CCN Baud Rate 0=9600,
BNET BACNET
MAC BACnet Device Macaddress 1 t o 127 1 BAC_MAC
BAUD BACnet BMS baud rate 0=9600,
AUID ALC Auto Id Scheme Ye s/N o Yes AUID
B.AID BACnet ID Auto ID Ye s/ N o Yes BAC_AUID
ID BACnet ID Number 0 to 4194302 1610101 BAC_ID
DISP DISPLAY SETTINGS
METR Metric Display Ye s / No No DISPUNIT
LANG Display Language Select 0=English,
PROT User Password Pro tection Enable/Disable Ena ble PA S S_ E BL
PSWD User Password 0 to 9999 1111 PA S SW O RD
1=ECON, 2=2POS DMPR, 3=ERV, 4=ECON ERV
1=CCN, 2=BACNET
1=19200, 2=38400
1=19200, 2=38400, 3=57600, 4=76800, 5=115200
1=Spanish, 2=French, 3=Portuguese
0: No FIOP 1: Economizer FIOP 2: Two Position Damper FIOP
2=BACNET BMS_CFG
2 = 38400 BAUDENUM
4 = 76800 BAC_BAUD
0=English LANGUAGE
VENTTYPE
91
Page 92
APPENDIX C: Navigatort Display
MODE -- TIME CLOCK
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNIT DEFAULT POINT
TIME CLOCK
TIME Clock Hour and Minute xx:xx hh.mm
MNTH Month of Year 1=JANUARY,
DOM Day Of month 1to31 DOM
YEAR Year 2000 t o 9999 YOC_DISP
DAY Day Of week 1=MONDAY,
DST.A DST currently active Yes/N o DST_ACTV
DST Daylight Savings Config
DST DST allowed? Enable/Disable Enable DST_CFG
STR.M DST Start Month 1=JANUARY,
STR.W DST Start Week 1to5 2 STARTW
STR.D DST Start Day 1=MONDAY,
M.ADD DST Minute s to Add 0to90 min 60 MINADD
STP.M DST Stop Month 1=JANUARY,
STP.W DST Stop Week 1to5 1 STOPW
STP.D DST Stop Day 1=MONDAY,
M.SUB DST Minutes to Subtract 0to90 min 60 MINSUB
TOD Time in day t o start DST 0 to 600 min 120 DST_TOD
SCHD Schedules Adjust Menu
SCH.N CCN Schedule Number 0 = Always Occupied,
OV.TL Timed Override Duration 0to4 hours 4 OTL_CFG
MON Mon Schedule Adjust Menu
OC.x Monday Occupied x 00:00 to 24:00 or None HH:MM None M O _ O C 1 ---
UOC.x Monday Unoccupied x 00:00 to 24:00 or None HH:MM None M O _ U N O C 1 ---
2=FEBRUARY, 3=MARCH, 4=APRIL, 5=MAY, 6=JUNE, 7=JULY, 8=AUGUST, 9=SEPTEMBER, 10=OCTOBER, 11=NOVEMBER, 12=DECEMBER
2=TUESDAY, 3=WEDNESDAY, 4=THURSDAY, 5=FRIDAY, 6=SATURDAY, 7=SUNDAY
2=FEBRUARY, 3=MARCH, 4=APRIL, 5=MAY, 6=JUNE, 7=JULY, 8=AUGUST, 9=SEPTEMBER, 10=OCTOBER, 11=NOVEMBER, 12=DECEMBER
2=TUESDAY, 3=WEDNESDAY, 4=THURSDAY, 5=FRIDAY, 6=SATURDAY, 7=SUNDAY
2=FEBRUARY, 3=MARCH, 4=APRIL, 5=MAY, 6=JUNE, 7=JULY, 8=AUGUST, 9=SEPTEMBER, 10=OCTOBER, 11=NOVEMBER, 12=DECEMBER
2=TUESDAY, 3=WEDNESDAY, 4=THURSDAY, 5=FRIDAY, 6=SATURDAY, 7=SUNDAY
1 --- 6 4 = L o c a l S c h e d u le , 65---99 = Global Schedule
3 STARTM
7 STARTD
11 STOPM
7 STOPD
n/a 0 SCH EDNUM
MOY
dow
MO_OC8
MO_UNOC8
92
Page 93
APPENDIX C: Navigatort Display
MODE -- TIME CLOCK (cont)
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNIT DEFAULT POINT
SCHD (cont) Schedules Adjust Menu
TUE TueScheduleAdjustMenu
OC.x Tuesday Occupied x 00:00 to 24:00 or None HH:MM None TU_OC1 --- TU_OC8
UOC.x Tuesday Unoccupied x 00:00 to 24:00 or None HH:MM None TU_UNOC1 --- TU_UNOC8
WED Wed Schedule Adjust Menu
OC.x Wednesday Occupied x 00:00 to 24:00 or None HH:MM None WE_OC1 --- WE_OC8
UOC.x Wednesday Unoccupied x 00:00 to 24:00 or None HH:MM None WE_UNOC1 --- WE_UNOC8
THU Thu Schedule Adjust Menu
OC.x Thursday Occupied x 00:00 to 24:00 or None HH:MM None TH_OC1 --- TH_OC8
UOC.x Thursday Unoccupied x 00:00 to 24:00 or None HH:MM None TH_UNOC1 --- TH_UNOC8
FRI F ri Schedule Adjust Menu
OC.x Friday Occupied x 00:00 to 24:00 or None HH:MM None FR_OC1 --- FR_OC8
UOC.x Friday Unoccupied x 00:00 to 24:00 or None HH:MM None FR_UNOC1 --- FR_UNOC8
SAT Sa t Schedule Adjust Menu
OC.x Saturday Occupied x 00:00 to 24:00 or None HH:MM None SA_OC1 - -- SA_OC8
UOC.x Saturday Unoccupied x 00:00 to 24:00 or None HH:MM None SA_UNOC1 - -- SA_UNOC8
SUN Sun Schedule Adjust Menu
OC.x Sunday Occupied x 00:00 to 24:00 or None HH:MM None SU_OC1 --- SU_OC8
UOC.x Sunday Unoccupied x 00:00 to 24:00 or None HH:MM None SU_ UNOC1 --- SU_ UNOC8
HOL H ol Schedule Adjust Menu
OC.x Holiday Occupied x 00:00 to 24:00 or None HH:MM None HD_OC1 --- HD_OC8
UOC.x Holiday Unoccupied x 00:00 to 24:00 or None HH:MM None HD_UNOC1 --- HD_UNOC8
(repeat up to x=8 Periods)
HLDY Holiday adjustment Menu
HOL.G Accept Global Holidays? Yes /N o No HOLIDAYT
HL.TY Today Is A Holiday Yes/ No HOLTODAY
HL.TW Tomorrow Is A Holiday Yes /No HOL_TMRW
HO.xx Holiday adjustment Menu
LEN Holiday Duration (days) 0to99 0 HD01LEN --- HD30LEN
DAY Holiday Start Day 0to31 0 HD01STDY --- HD30STDY
MON Holiday Start Month 0to12=JanuarytoDecember 0 HD01STMN --- HD30STMN
(repeat up t o xx=30 Holidays)
93
Page 94
APPENDIX C: Navigatort Display
MODE -- OPERATING MODES
ITEM EXPANSION VALUES UNITS WRITE STATUS POINT
OPERATING MODES Operating Modes Menu
MODE Operating Mode see Appendix B MODETEXT
SUBM O p e r a t i n g S u b --- M o d e see Appendix B SUBMTEXT
S.DMD System Demand see Appendix B SYS_ DMDT
LINK Linkage Active Yes / No Forcible LNK_ACT
CLTG Cool Mode Select T.guard xxx sec COOLMSTG
HTTG Heat Mode Select T.guard xxx sec H EATMSTG
MODE -- ALARMS
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE
ALARMS
CURR Curr Active Alarm Menu
alarm# text string ALARM01C --- ALARM25C
(repeat up t o 25 times)
HIST History Menu
alarm# a la r m # --- m m / d d /y y --- h h. m m --- t e x t s t r i ng ALHIS001 --- ALHIS050
(repeat up t o 50 times)
R.CUR Reset All Current Alarms Ye s /N o Yes ALRESET
R.HIS Alarm Reset History Menu
ARxx mm/dd/yy, hh:mm:ss ALMRES00 --- ALMRES19
(repeat up t o 20 times)
WRITE
STATUS
POINT
94
Page 95
APPENDIX D: SystemVut Controller CCN Tables
Status Display Tables
TABL E DISPLAY NAME VAL UES UNITS POINT NAME WRITE STATUS
UINPUT
Supply Air Temperature xxx..x °F SAT
Outdoor Air Temperature xxx.x °F OAT Forci ble
Return Air Temperature xxx.x °F RAT Forcible
Space Temperature xxx.x °F SPACE_T Forcible
Space Temperature Offset xx.x ΔF SPTO Forcible
Fan Supply Air Temp xxx.x °F FST
Cir.A Sat .Suction Temp xxx.x °F SST_A
Cir.A Sat.Discharge Temp xxx.x °F SDT_A
Cir.A Suction Pressure xxx.x PSI SSP_A
Cir.A Discharge Pressure xxx.x PSI SDP_A
Thermosta t G Input On/Off G Forcible
Thermosta t Y1 Input On/Off Y1 Forcible
Thermosta t Y2 Input On/Off Y2 Forcible
Thermostat W1 Input On/Off W1 Forcible
Thermostat W2 Input On/Off W2 Forcible
Humidistat Input On/Off HUMDSTAT Forcible
IDF Manual Limit Switch Open/Close IDF_LSM
IGC Fan On Request (IFO) On/Off IGC_IFO
Cir.A High Pressure Sw Open/Close CIRA_HPS
Fire Shutdown Switch Alarm/Normal FIREDOWN Forcible
COFS Switch State High/Low COFS Forci ble
Filter Status Switch Dirty/Clean FILTSTAT Forcible
Phase Monitor Switch Alarm/Normal PMR_STAT
Fan Status Switch On/Off FAN_STAT
Remote Occupancy Switch On/Off REMOCC Forcible
Remote Shutdow n Switch On/Off REMSHUT Forcible
General Status Switch Alarm/Normal GENSTAT Fo rcible
IAQ Override Switch On/Off IAQ_OVRS Forcible
Enthalpy Switch High/Low ENTH_SW Forcibl e
UOUTPUT
Damper Actual Position 0 to 100 % DAMPPOS
Space Relative Humidity 0 to 100 % SPRH Forcible
OA Relative Humidity 0 t o 100 % OARH Forcible
RA Relative Humidity 0 to 100 % RARH Forcible
Indoor Air Quality Level xxxx PPM IAQ Forcible
OA Quality Level xxxx PPM OAQ For cible
Outdoor Air in CFM 0 to 8000 CFM OACFM Fo rcible
IDF Commanded RPM 0 to 3000 RPM FSPD_RPM
Econo Commanded Position 0 to 100 % DAMPCMD Forcible
CCH Relay 1 State On/Off CCHR1
Power Exhaust 1 Relay On/Off PE1 Forcible
Power Exhaust 2 Relay On/Off PE2 Forcible
Alarm Output Relay State On/Off ALMOUT Forcible
2--- Pos Damper/ERV relay On/Off ERV_2POS
Circuit A Compressor 1 On/Off COMP_A1
Circuit A CMP A1 Loader On/Off COMP_ALD
Outdoor Fan Speed Relay On/Off OFR
Heat Stage 1 Relay On/Off HEAT_1
Heat Stage 2 Relay On/Off HEAT_2
Reheat Dischg Valve CirA On/Off RDV_A
Reheat Liquid Valve CirA On/Off RLV_A
Cooling Liq Valve CirA On/Off CLV _A
95
Page 96
APPENDIX D: SystemVut Controller CCN Tables
Status Display Tables (cont)
TABL E DISPLAY NAME VAL UES UNITS POINT NAME WRITE STATUS
GENDISP
Circuit A Pressure Ratio xx.xx CIRA_PR
Barometric Pressure xx.xx ”Hg BARP For cible
Filter hour rema ining xxxx hrs FILTLEFT
Reset Filter Timer Ye s/ N o RESETFLT Writable
Outdoor Air Entha lpy --- 9.6 to 334.2 BTU_LB OA_ENTH Forcible
Return Air Enthalpy ---9.6 to 334.2 BTU_LB RA_ENTH Forcible
Differential Air Quality ---5000 to 5000 PPM AQ_DIFF
DST currently active Ye s /N o DST_ACTV
Network OAT Value xxx.x °F OAT_NET Forcible
Network Return Air Temp xxx.x °F RAT_NET Fo rcible
Network Space Temp Value xxx.x °F SPT_ NET Forcible
Network SPRH Value 0 to 100 % SPRH_NET Forcible
Network OARH Value 0 to 100 % OARH_NET Forcibl e
Network RARH Value 0 to 100 % RARH_NET Forcible
Network IAQ Value xxxx PPM IAQ_NET Forcible
Network OAQ Value xxxx PPM OAQ_NET Forcible
Network OACF M Value xxx.x CFM OCFM_NET Forci ble
MODEDISP
System Mo de see Appendix B SYSMODE
Running Mode Operation see Appendix B SUB_ MODE
Ventilation Status see Appendix B VENTSTAT
System Demand 0to99 SYS_DMD
Currently Occupied Yes/ No OCCUPIED Forcible
Linkage Active Ye s /No LNK_ACT
Unocc Free Cool Active Ye s /N o UFC_ACT
Temp Compensate Start On Ye s /N o TCS_ ACT
COOLDISP
Cool Setpoint in Effect xx.x °F CSP_EFF
Heat Setpoint in Effect xx.x °F HSP_EFF
Effective Demand Temp xxx.x °F TEMP_EFF
Cool Demand Limiting Yes / No CDMLMOFF
Cool Demand limit offset 0 °F COOLDLMO
Heat Demand Limiting 0 HDMLMOFF
Heat Demand Limit offset 0 °F HEATDLMO
Cool demand Limit Level 0to3 CDMDLLEV
Heat demand Limit Level 0to3 HDMDLLEV
OKtoUseFreeCooling? Yes/N o OKFREECL
Free Cooling active Yes/ No FREECOOL
Free Cooling SAT Setpnt xx.x °F FC_SATSP
Econo Commanded Position 0 to 100 % DAMPCMD Forcible
IDF Commanded RPM 0 to 3000 RPM FSPD_RPM
Ok to use compre ssors? Ye s/N o OKMECHCL
Mechanical Cool active? Yes/N o MECHCOOL
Max Allowed Cool Stages 0to3 MAXCSTGS Forcible
Requested Cooling Stages 0to3 REQCSTGS
Actual Cool Stage Active x ACTCSTGS
Circuit A Compressor 1 On/Off COMP_A1
Circuit A CMP A1 Loader On/Off COMP_ALD
Compressor A1 Timeguard xxx sec TIMGD_A1
Comp A1 Loader Timeguard xxx sec TIMG_ALD
Ok to use Humidimizer Yes /N o OKTOHUMZ
Requested Dehum Level 0=None
Req Compr DehumStgs 0to3 REQDSTGS
Ok to use Fan Dehum Yes/ No OKTOFBD
1=Subcool, 2=Reheat
REQDHLEV
Cir.A Sat.Discharge Temp xxx.x °F SDT_A
Cir.A Sat .Suction Temp xxx.x °F SST_A
Cir.A Discharge Pressure xxx.x PSI SDP_A
Cir.A Suction Pressure xxx.x PSI SSP_A
Circuit A Pressure Ratio xx.xx CIRA_PR
Cir.A High Pressure Sw Open/Close CIRA_HPS
96
Page 97
APPENDIX D: SystemVut Controller CCN Tables
Status Display Tables (cont)
TABL E DISPLAY NAME VAL UES UNITS POINT NAME WRITE STATUS
COOLDISP (cont)
Supply Air Temperature xxx..x °F SAT
Outdoor Air Temperature xxx.x °F OAT Forci ble
HEATDISP
VENTDISP
ALRMDISP
STRTHOUR
ODF State 0=OFF,
Outdoor Fan Speed Relay On/Off OFR
OK to Run Heat Yes/ No OKTOHEAT
OK to SupplyAirTempering Ye s/N o OKTOTEMP
IGC Fan On Request (IFO) On/Off IGC_IFO
IDF Commanded RPM 0 to 3000 RPM FSPD_RPM
Max Allowed Heat Stages 0to2 MAXHSTGS Forcible
Requested Heating Stages 0to2 REQHSTGS
Actual Heat Stage Active x ACTHSTGS
Heat Stage 1 Relay On/Off HEAT_1
Heat Stage 2 Relay On/Off HEAT_2
Heat Stage 1 Timeguard xxx sec TIMGD_H1
Heat Stage 2 Timeguard xxx sec TIMGD_H2
Ventilation Status see Appendix B VENTSTAT
Ventilation Status see Appendix B VENT TEXT
MinPositioninEffect 0 to 100 % MIN_ POS Forcible
In Pre - -- Occupancy Purge? Ye s /N o PREOCCON
Differential Air Quality ---5000 to 5000 PPM AQ_DIFF
IDF Commanded RPM 0 to 3000 RPM FSPD_RPM
Econo Commanded Position 0 to 100 % DAMPCMD Forcible
Damper Actual Position 0 to 100 % DAMPPOS
Free Cooling active Yes/ No FREECOOL
Currently Occupied Yes/ No OCCUPIED Forcible
Mins until next occupied --- 1 to 10080 min MINTILOC
Ok to Preoccupancy Purge Ye s/N o OKPREOCC
Power Exhaust 1 Relay On/Off PE1 Forcible
Power Exhaust 2 Relay On/Off PE2 Forcible
2--- Pos Damper/ERV relay On/Off ERV_2POS
Active Alarm 1 Code xxx ALMCODE1
Active Alarm 2 Code xxx ALMCODE2
Active Alarm 3 Code xxx ALMCODE3
Active Alarm 4 Code xxx ALMCODE4
Active Alarm 5 Code xxx ALMCODE5
Reset All Current Alarms Ye s/ N o ALRESET Writable
Compressor A1 Run Ho urs xxxxxx.x hrs HR_A1
CMP A1 Loader Run Hours xxxxxx.x hrs HR_ALDR
Alarm Relay Run Hours xxxxxx.x hrs HR_ALM
CCH1 Relay Run Hours xxxxxx.x hrs HR_CCHR1
Econ Damper Run Hours xxxxxx.x hrs HR_DAMP
2Position/ERV Run Hours xxxxxx.x hrs HR_ERV2P
Unit Full Load Run Hours xxxxxx.x hrs HR_FLOAD
Free Cooling Run Hours xxxxxx.x hrs H R_FREEC
Heat Stage 1 Run Hours xxxxxx.x hrs HR_HTR_1
Heat Stage 2 Run Hours xxxxxx.x hrs HR_HTR_2
Indoor Fan Run Hours xxxxxx.x hrs HR_IDF
Max Fan Speed Run Hours xxxxxx.x hrs HR_MAXF
ODF Relay Run Hours xxxxxx.x hrs HR_OFR
RDV_A Run Hours xxxxxx.x hrs HR_RDV_A
RLV_A Run Hours xxxxxx.x hrs HR_RLV_A
CLV_A Run Hours xxxxxx.x hrs HR_CLV_A
Reheat level 1 Run Hrs xxxxxx.x hrs HR_RQHL1
Reheat level 2 Run Hrs xxxxxx.x hrs HR_RQHL2
Power Exhaust1 Run H ours xxxxxx.x hrs HR_PE_1
Power Exhaust2 Run H ours xxxxxx.x hrs HR_PE_2
Service T est Run Hours xxxxxx.x hrs HR_STEST
Vent IDF Run H ours xxxxxx.x hrs HR_VENTF
1=ON, 2=LOW, 3=HIGH
ODFSTATE
97
Page 98
APPENDIX D: SystemVut Controller CCN Tables
Status Display Tables (cont)
TABL E DISPLAY NAME VAL UES UNITS POINT NAME WRITE STATUS
STRTCNTS
Compressor A1 Starts xxxxxx ST_A1
CMP A1 Loader Starts xxxxxx ST_ALDR
Alarm Relay Starts xxxxxx ST_ALM
Alarm Reset Counts xxxxxx ST_ALRST
CCH1 Relay Starts xxxxxx ST_CCHR1
Economizer Damper Starts xxxxxx ST_DAMP
2Position/ERV Starts xxxxxx ST_ERV2P
Unit Full Load Starts xxxxxx ST_FLOAD
Free Cooling Starts xxxxxx ST_FREEC
Heat Stage 1 Starts xxxxxx ST_HTR_1
Heat Stage 2 Starts xxxxxx ST_HTR_2
Indoor Fan Starts xxxxxx ST_ IDF
Max IDF Speed St arts xxxxxx ST_MAXF
ODF Relay Starts xxxxxx ST_OFR
Powe r Exhaust 1 St arts xxxxxx ST_PE_1
Powe r Exhaust 2 St arts xxxxxx ST_PE_2
Power Cycle Counts xxxxxx ST_POR
RDV_A Starts xxxxxx ST_RDV_A
RLV_A Starts xxxxxx ST_RLV_A
CLV_A Starts xxxxxx ST_CLV_A
Reheat level 1 Starts xxxxxx ST_RQHL1
Reheat level 2 Starts xxxxxx ST_RQHL2
Service Test Starts xxxxxx ST_STEST
Ventilation Fan Starts xxxxxx ST_VENTF
STRTRSTS
Comp A1 Resets Count xxxxxx RS_A1
A1 Loader Reset s Count xxxxxx RS_ALDR
Alarm Relay Resets Count xxxxxx RS_ALM
Alarm Reset Resets Count xxxxxx RS_ALRST
CCH1 Relay Resets Count xxxxxx RS_CCHR1
Econ Damper Resets Count xxxxxx RS_DAMP
2Position/ERV ResetCount xxxxxx RS_ERV2P
Full Load Re sets Count xxxxxx RS_FLOAD
Free Cooling Reset Count xxxxxx RS_FREEC
Heat Stage 1 Reset Count xxxxxx RS_HTR_1
Heat Stage 2 Reset Count xxxxxx RS_HTR_2
Indoor Fan Reset Count xxxxxx RS_IDF
Max IDF Spd Resets Count xxxxxx RS_MAXF
ODF Rela y Resets Counts xxxxxx RS_OFR
P.Exhaust 1 Reset s Count xxxxxx RS_PE_1
P.Exhaust 2 Reset s Count xxxxxx RS_PE_2
Power Cycle Resets Count xxxxxx RS_POR
RDV_A Reset Count xxxxxx RS_RDV_A
RLV_A Reset Count xxxxxx RS_RLV_A
CLV_A Reset Count xxxxxx RS_CLV_A
Reheat lev 1 Rst Count xxxxxx RS_RQHL1
Reheat lev 2 Rst Count xxxxxx RS_RQHL2
Service Test Reset Count xxxxxx RS_STEST
Vent IDF Resets Count xxxxxx RS_VENTF
98
Page 99
APPENDIX D: SystemVut Controller CCN Tables
Maintenance Tables
TABL E DISPLAY NAME VALUES UNITS POINT NAME WRITE STATUS
MODES
Operating Mode see Appendix B MODETEXT
System Mo de see Appendix B SYSMODE
O p e r a t i n g S u b --- M o d e see Appendix B SUBMTEXT
Running Mode Operation see Appendix B SUB_MODE
Ventilation Status see Appendix B VENTTEXT
Ventilation Status see Appendix B VENTSTAT
System Demand see Appendix B SYS_DMDT
System Demand 0to99 SYS_DMD
Currently Occupied Ye s/ N o OCCUPIED Forcible
Linkage Active Yes/ N o LNK_ACT
Unocc Free Cool Active Ye s/ N o UFC_ACT
Temp Compensate Start On Ye s/ N o TCS_ACT
Current Mode Ended Ye s/ N o MODEDONE
Cool Mode Select T.guard xxx sec COOLMSTG
Heat Mode Select T.guard xxx sec H EATMSTG
Cool Setpoint in Effect xx.x °F CSP_EFF
Heat Setpoint in Effect xx.x °F HSP_EFF
Effective Demand Temp xxx.x °F TEMP_EFF
Space Cooling Demand xx.x ΔF COOL_DMD
Cooling Demand Trend xx.x CLDTREND
Heating Space Demand xx.x ΔF HEAT_DMD
Heat Space Demand Trend xx.x HTDTREND
TESTMODE
Economizer Position Test 0 to 100 % S_DAMPER Writable
Compressor Bump A1 T est On/Off S_BMPA1 Writable
Rht Dischg Valve Rly Tst On/Off S_RDV_A Writable
Reheat Liq Valv Rly Test On/Off S_ RLV_A Writa ble
Cooling Liq Valv Test On/Off S_CLV_A Writable
Crankcase Heater 1 test On/Off S_CCHR1 Writa ble
Alarm Output Relay Test On/Off S_ALARM Writable
Powe r Exhaust 1 Test On/Off S_PE_1 Writable
Powe r Exhaust 2 Test On/Off S_PE_2 Writable
2Position/ERV Relay Test On/Off S_ERV2P Writ able
IDF_DIAG
Indoor Fan Speed Test 0 to 100 % S_IDFSPD Writable
IDF Manual Transition Ye s/ N o S_IDFTRN Writable
Cooling W/Comp.A1 Test On/Off S_COOLA1 Writable
Cooling W/Comp.ALD Test On/Off S_COLALD Writable
ODF Speed Relay Test On/Off S_OFRSPD Writable
Humidimizer Level Test 0=Off,
Heating Stage 1 Test On/Off S_HEAT1 Writable
Heating Stage 2 Test On/Off S_HEAT2 Writable
AUTO INDEPENDENT TEST Ye s/ N o AUTOINDP Writable
RUN AUTO COOLING TEST Yes/ No AUTOCOOL Writable
RUN AUTO HEATING TEST Ye s/ N o AUTOHEAT Writable
RUN AUTO SYSTEM TEST Ye s/N o AUTOSYS Writable
IDF Commanded RPM 0 t o 3000 RPM FSPD_RPM
Commanded IDF Speed 0 to 100 % FANSPEED
Requested IDF Speed 0 to 100 % RQFANSPD
IDF Vent Speed--- RPM 0 to 3000 RPM RPM_VENT
IDF Heat Speed--- RPM 0 to 3000 RPM RPM_HEAT
IDF Free Cool Speed --- RPM 0 to 3000 RPM RPM_FCL
IDF Low Cool Speed --- RPM 0 to 3000 RPM RPM_LCL
IDF High Cool Speed--- RPM 0 to 3000 RPM RPM_HCL
IDF Maximum Fan Speed 0 to 100 % SPEEDMAX
1=Subcool, 2=Reheat
S_HMZLEV Writable
99
Page 100
APPENDIX D: SystemVut Controller CCN Tables
Maintenance Tables (cont)
TABL E DISPLAY NAME VALUES UNITS POINT NAME WRITE STATUS
IDF_DIAG (cont)
USB_DIAG
Fan Status Switch On/Off FAN_STAT
IDF Manual Limit Switch Open/Close IDF_LSM
IDF Speed Override Flag On/Off FAN_OVRD
IDF Speed Reduction On Yes/N o FANRED1 0
IDF Operation Errors? Yes/ No IDFBAD
USB TREND STAT US 0=IDLE,
USB TREND DURATION 0=FULL,
USB TREND RATE 1 to 300 sec TRNDRATE Writable
USB TREND POINTS FROM 0=FILE,
TREND FILE SEARCH text TRNDFILE
TREND EQUIP PERFORMANCE On/Off TRNDEQPR Writable
TREND COOL PERFORMANCE On/Off TRNDCLPR Writable
TREND HEAT PERFORMANCE On/Off TRNDHTPR Writable
Trend Cooling Diagnostic On/Off TRNDCLDG Writable
TREND IDF DIAGNOSTIC On/Off TRNDIDF Writable
TREND VENTILATION On/Off TRNDVENT Writable
TREND GEN INPUTS/OUTPUTS On/Off TRNDIO Writable
Start USB Trending Yes/ No TREND_EN Writable
1=TRENDING, 2=NO POINTS, 3=USB FULL
1=ROLLING, 2=LASTWEEK, 3=1 MINUTE, 4=5 MINUTES, 5=15 MINUTES, 6=30 MINUTES, 7=1 HOUR, 8=3 HOURS, 9=8 HOURS, 10=12 HOURS, 11=1 DAY, 12=1.5 DAYS, 13=2 DAYS, 14=3 DAYS, 15=5 DAYS, 16=1 WEEK, 17=2 WEEKS, 18=4 WEEKS
1=LIST
TRNDSTAT
TRNDDUR Writable
TRNDPNTS Writable
COOLDIAG
Make Config Backup File Start /Stop DDBCKUP Writable
Backup file is ready 0=IDLE,
USB Find Restore File Yes /N o BACKFILE Writable
Start Config Restore Sta rt/Stop DDRSTRE Writable
File Error Ye s/ N o FILE_ERR
System Demand see Appendix B SYS_DMDT
O p e r a t i n g S u b --- M o d e see Appendix B SUBMTEXT
IDF Commanded RPM 0 t o 3000 RPM FSPD_RPM
OKtoUseFreeCooling? Ye s /No OKFREECL
Econ Damper Operational Yes/ No DAMPGOOD
Dry Bulb Lockout Yes/ No DBLOCK For cible
Enthalpy Lockout Ye s/ N o ENTHLOCK Forcible
Free Cooling active Yes / No FREECOOL
Unocc Free Cool Active Ye s/ N o UFC_ACT
Free Cooling SAT Setpnt xx.x °F FC_SATSP
Requested Damper Pos 0 to 100 % REQDAMP
Econo Commanded Position 0 to 100 % DAMPCMD For cible
Ok to use compre ssors? Ye s/ N o OKMECHCL
Compressor A1 strikes x A1STRIKE
Circuit A Locked Out Ye s/N o CIRALOCK
Mechanical Cool active? Ye s/ N o MECHCOOL
Max Allowed Cool Stages 0to3 MAXCSTGS Forcible
Supply Air Temp Trend xxx.x SA TTREND
Supply Air Temperature xxx..x °F SAT
Requested Cooling Stages 0to3 REQCSTGS
1=SUCCESS, 2=FAILURE
BACKUP_R
100
Loading...